Textbased test - Tiếng Anh lớp 11
Chào các bạn học sinh và quý thầy cô, hôm nay LogaVN gửi tới bạn đọc tài liệu "Textbased test - Tiếng Anh lớp 11". Hi vọng sẽ giúp ích cho các bạn học tập và giảng dạy.
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 01
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 02
GRADE 11 UNIT 1. THE GENERATION GAPS
I. VOCABULARY:
01. afford / ә ’f ɔ:d/ v C o ́ thê ̉ c h i tr a ̉
02. attitude / ’æ t it j u : d/ n Th á i độ
03. bless /bles/ v C ầu nguy ện
04. brand name /brænd neim/ n Hàng hi ệu
05. browse /bra ʊs/ v Lư ơ ́ t m a ̣ ng
06. burden / ’b з : dn/ n Gánh n ặng
07. casual / ’k æ dʒʊ әl/ a Bình t h ư ờng
08. childcare / ’t ʃ a il dk ê ә r / n C h ă m s ó c c o n c á i
09. comfortable /k mft ә b l/ a D ễ ch ịu
10. compare / k ә m’pê ә r/ v So sánh
11. compassion / k ә m’pæ ʃn/ n Lò ng thư ơ ng c ảm
12. conflict / ’k ɔnflikt/ n X u ng đ ột
13. conservative / k ә n’s з : v ê it iv / a B ảo th ủ
14. control / k ә n’t ʃ ә ʊl/ n/v Ki ểm soát
15. curfew / ’k з : f j ʊ:/ a L ệnh gi ới nghiêm
16. current / ’k r ә nt / n Hiê ̣ n t a ̣ i
17. disapproval / dis ә ’pr u : v l / n P h a ̉ n đo ́ i
18. dye /dai/ v N h u o ̣ m
19. elegant / ’ê l ig ә nt / a Lịc h l a ̃ m
20. experienced / ik ’sp iә r iә ns t / a C o ̃ k inh ng h iê ̣ m
21. extracurricular / ik s t r ә k ә ’ r ik j ә l ә / n N g o a ̣ i k h o ́ a
22. fashionable / ’f æ ʃ nәb l / a Th ơ ̀ i tr a ng , mo ́ t
23. financial / ’f a i næ n ʃl/ a Ta ̀ i c h ính
24. flashy / ’f l æ ʃi/ a D iê ̣ n, h a ̀ o nh o a ́ ng
25. forbid / f ә ’b id/ v C a ́ m đo a ́ n
26. force /f ɔ:s/ v Bu o ̣ c , ê ́ p b u o ̣ c
27. frustrating /fr ’ s t r ê it iŋ / a Bư ̣ c , k h o ́ c h ịu
28. hair style / ’h ê ә s t a il / n Kiê ̉ u to ́ c
29. impose / im’pә ʊz/ v A ́ p đa ̣ t … l ê n
30. interact / int ә ’r æ k t / v Tư ơ ng ta ́ c
31. judge /d ʒ d ʒ/ v P h a ́ n q u y ê ́ t
32. c h a ng ê o nê ’s mind / t ʃeind ʒ w nz m a ind/ ( ph ) Đ o ̉ i y ́
33. ê xt ê ndê d f a mil y / i k s ’t ê ndid ‘ f æ mә l i/(ph) g ia đình đa th ế h ệ
34. junk food / ’d ʒ ŋ k f u : d/ n Th ư ́ c a n nha nh
35. mature / mә ’tʃʊ әr/ a Tr ư ơ ̉ ng tha ̀ nh
36. norm /n ɔ:m/ n S ư ̣ c h u a ̉ n mư ̣ c
37. obey / ә ’b ê i/ v V a ng l ơ ̀ i
38. objection / ɔ b ’d ʒek ʃn/ n S ư ̣ ph a ̉ n đo ́ i
39. open-minded / ’ә ʊpn-maindid/ a C ơ ̉ i m ơ ̉
40. outweigh /a ʊ t ’w ê i / v V ư ơ ̣ t tr o ̣ i
41. pierce / piә s / n Xâu khuyên
42. prayer / ’pr ê iә r / n Lơ ̀ i c a ̀ u ng u y ê ̣ n
43. pressure / ’d ʒ ŋ k f u : d/ n A ́ p l ư ̣ c
44. privacy / mә ’tʃʊ әr/ n R iê ng tư
45. relaxation / r il æ k ’s ê i ʃn/ n Th ư g ia ̃ n
46. respect / r i’s p ê k t / v To n t r o ̣ ng
47. respectful / r i’s p ê k t f l / a To n t r o ̣ ng
48. responsible / r i’s p ɔ ns ә b l / a Tr a ́ c h nh iê ̣ m MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 03
49. rude /ru:d/ a Thô l o ̃
50. sibling / ’si b l iŋ / n A nh, c h ị r u o ̣ t
51. soft drink / ’s ɔ f t dr iŋ k / n N ư ơ ́ c ng o ̣ t
52. spit /spit/ v Kh a ̣ c , nho ̉
53. state-owned / ’st ê it- ә ʊnd/ a S ơ ̉ h ư ̃ u nh a ̀ nư ơ ́ c
54. studious / ’st j ʊ : diә s / a S iê ng nă ng
55. stuff /st f/ n Mo ́ n đo ̀
56. swear /s w ê ә r / v Th ê ̀
57. taste in /teist in/ n Th ị h iê ́ u vê ̀
58. tight (skinny) / t a i t / / ’sk i ni/ a C h a ̣ t ( q u a ̀ n a ́ o )
59. top /t ɔp/ n C h o ́ p đỉnh
60. trend /trend/ n X u h ư ơ ́ ng
61. upset /’ pset/ a/v Bu o ̀ n, tha ́ t vo ̣ ng
62. value / ’væ l j ʊ:/ n Gia ́ tr ị
63. viewpoint / ’vj ʊ:p ɔint/ n Q u a n điê ̉ m
64. work out / ’w з : k a ʊt/ v Tìm r a
65. fo l l o w in o nê ’s f o o ts tê p s / ’f ɔlә ʊ in w nz ‘futstep/ th ê o b ư ớc
66. multi-generational /m lti d ʒ ê nә’r ê i ʃ ә nl / ( a ) đa th ế h ệ
II. PRONUNCIATION: Stresses on words with two syllables
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Modals Verbs (review)
2. T h ê M o d a l s V ê r b s o f: “ s h o u l d v s . o u g h t to ” “ m u s t vs . h a v ê to ” (r ê v iê w )
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 1. THE GENERATION GAP
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
01. A. access B. afford C. brochure D. casual
02. A. behaviour B. determined C. counselor D. decisive
03. A. donate B. compare C. campaign D. flashy
04. A. experience B. mobility C. independent D. prioritise
05. A. romantic B. solution C. protective D. elegant
06. A. legal B. obey C. forbid D. impose
07. A. constitution B. disrespectful C. sympathetic D. elongated
08. A. generational B. interpersonal C. discrimination D. nationality
09. A. studious B. unite C. mature D. involve
10. A. frustrating B. charity C. impairment D. infectious
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. I live in a/an________ with my parents and my elder sister in the coastal area.
A. extended family B. nuclear family C. extended house D. nuclear house
12. One advantage of living in a/an________ is to strengthen relationship between young children and
adults. A. nuclear family B. nuclear house C. extended family D. extended house
13. In my opinion, family members are responsible for________.
A. the housework B. the chores C. homework D. A and B
14. My grandpa is the most conservative person in my family. He never________ about way of life.
A. gives his opinion B. changes his mind C. gives his view D. keeps in mind
15. After graduating from university, I want to________ my father's footsteps.
A. follow in B. succeed in C. go after D. keep up
16. In a nuclear family, both mother and father have responsibility for housekeeping and________.
A. child care B. homework C. childcare D. generation gap
17. Four generations living in the same roof will have different________ of lifestyle.
A. gaps B. rules C. manners D. viewpoints MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 04
18. Luckily, my parents are always willing to listen to my new ideas. They're very________.
A. narrow-minded B. open-minded C. elegant D. careful
19. My mother________ me from going home after 10 p.m. every day.
A. forbids B. allows C. lets D. All are correct
20. Anna often dresses________ when going to the parties in order to attract her friends' attention.
A. plainly B. properly C. flashily D. soberly
21. We're surprised by Joe's________ every Monday. He changes it at least 4 times a month.
A. hairstyle B. lifestyle C. viewpoint D. manner
22. I rarely eat________ and drink________ because they're not food for health.
A. snack/energy drink B. fast food/juice C. fruit/alcoholic drink D. junk food/soft drink
23. Generation________ is the difference in the thoughts and viewpoints amongst generations living together.
A. distance B. gap C. space. D. All are correct
24. I was tired and couldn't________ on doing my research project properly.
A. concentrate B. look C. pay attention D. Both A and C
25. My parents don't let me get married until I graduate from university and they never________ their
mind about that.
A. keep B. impose C. focus D. change
26. The________ arises when Jack and his parents have considerable disagreement on his choice of university.
A. discrimination B. conflict C. agreement D. gap
27. I do morning exercise and play volleyball regularly so as to keep________ and be healthier.
A. fit B. good shape C. healthy D. strong
28. Since the family law was implemented, domestic violence has been a rare________ in this area.
A. happen B. taking place C. occurrence D. happenstance
29. My father used to________ a lot of challenges before establishing his own insurance company.
A. provide B. enjoy C. give D. face
30. I wish I could do something to reduce financial________ on my parents.
A. capital B. burden C. limit D. gap
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
31. Despite being a kid, Tuan always helps his mother do the chores every day.
A. homework B. works C. housework D. house duties
32. When I was a child, my mother used to teach me table manners.
A. etiquette B. rule C. problem D. norm
33. Many parents find it hard to understand their children when they are teenagers.
A. adults B. elders C. adolescents D. kids
34. There're many problems which are unavoidable when living in an extended family.
A. profits B. issues C. views D. merits
35. Mary has a strong desire to make independent decisions.
A. dependent B. self-confident C. self-confessed D. self-determining
36. My mother mistakenly believes that my fashion style breaks the norm of society.
A. routine B. barrier C. rule D. conflict
37. I always look at this matter from a different viewpoint.
A. point of view B. view from point C. idea D. opinion
38. We find it unattractive when dress flashily.
A. luxuriantly B. ostentatiously C. cheaply D. fashionably
39. Consuming too much junk food increases the risk of obesity.
A. decrease B. reduce C. rise D. raise
40. I feel extremely depressed as conflict occurs frequently amongst generations in my family.
A. comes on B. comes up C. comes in D. comes into
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
41. If you live in an extended family, you'll have great joy and get support of other members.
A. close family B. traditional family C. nuclear family D. large family
42. Our mother encourages us to be open-minded about new opinions and experiences
A. optimistic B. elegant C. close-knit D. narrow-minded MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 05
43. Domestic violence is strictly forbidden all over the world.
A. permitted B. limited C. restricted D. prohibited
44. Jane found herself in conflict with her parents over her future career.
A. disagreement B. harmony C. controversy D. fighting
45. I can't concentrate on my work because of the noise caused by my children.
A. focus B. abandon C. neglect D. allow
46. My grandpa's point of view about marriage remains conservative.
A. progressive B. traditional C. retrogressive D. conventional
47. Finally, I decide to follow in my father's footsteps to work in state-owned enterprise.
A. private-owned B. public limited C. privately-owned D. government-owned
48. My grandma usually takes care of us when my parents are away on business.
A. follows B. abandons C. concerns D. bothers
49. We greatly respect my teacher for all of the best things that she brought to us.
A. look up to B. look forwards C. look for D. look down on
50. I regretted not to buy those trendy shoes through lack of money.
A. shortage B. abundance C. scarcity D. deficiency
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. All students________ wear uniforms at school because it is a rule.
A. should B. have to C. ought to D. must
52. You________ finish your homework before you go to bed.
A. must B. have to C. should D. ought to
53. This drink isn't beneficial for health. You________ drink it too much.
A. should B. ought to not C. ought not to D. mustn't
54. This warning sign indicates that you________ step on the grass.
A. shouldn't B. mustn't C. don't have to D. ought not to
55. I think you________ do exercise regularly in order to keep your body in good shape.
A. must B. should C. ought to D. Both B and C
56. I will lend you some money, but you________ pay it back to me next week.
A. should B. have to C. must D. mustn't
57. Hoa________ feed the cats because her mother has done it already.
A. has to B. doesn't have to C. must D. Both A and C
58. Those audiences________ show their tickets before entering the concert hall.
A. have to B. must C. ought to D. don't have to
59. The children________ spend too much time playing computer games.
A. mustn't B. ought to not C . shouldn't D. Both B and C
60. In case you're suffered from the injury, you________ see the doctor today.
A. had better B. must C. ought D. have better
61. Water park is free for kids under 6 years old, so you________ pay money for your son.
A. have to B. mustn't C. should D. don't have to
62. You look totally exhausted. You________ take a rest instead of working overtime.
A. should B. ought C. must D. has better
63. Anyone________ have a passport, even a visa when travelling all around the world.
A. ought to B. must C. should D. has to
64. In the peak season, travellers________ book their accommodation in advance.
A. have to B. must C. should D. ought
65. My car broke down yesterday, so I________ catch a taxi to the office.
A. have to B. had better C. had to D. has to
66. We________ eat as much fruit as possible in order to get enough vitamins for our bodies.
A. had better B. should C. ought to D. All are correct
67. You________ tell anyone what I've revealed to you. It's still a secret.
A. mustn't B. had better not C. ought not to D. don't have to
68. If you still want to maintain this relationship, you________ behave improperly like that.
A. ought to not B. ought not to C. mustn't D. don't have to MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 06
69. When playing or swimming in the pool, children________ be accompanied by their parents.
A. should B. must C. don't have to D. have to
70. We________ go to work by car. Sky train is a wise choice during rush hour.
A. ought to B. mustn't C. shouldn't D. have to
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
71. I will leave the party early because I must studying for my exam.
A B C D
72. I stayed up late last night because I mustn't go to school on Sunday.
A B C D
73. We ought to not play football as it's raining outside.
A B C D
74. You mustn't to drive a car if you don't have a driving licence.
A B C D
75. If you want some useful advice, you have better talk to your parents about your problem.
A B C D
76. I had stay at home 3 days due to snowing heavily.
A B C D
77. Because of his poverty, he has to struggling to make ends meet.
A B C D
78. According to the rules of this game, you had better not drop the ball.
A B C D
79. If you want to get a higher mark in the next test, you have better put more effort into vocabulary.
A B C D
80. We shouldn't make an appointment with this doctor. You can see him whenever you want.
A B C D
81. Look at the sky, it is going to rain. Thus, you must bring along a raincoat.
A B C D
82. I ought to go home now because I don't want to walk in the dark.
A B C D
83. As our teacher said yesterday, we ought to not worry about the mid-term test. Take it easy.
A B C D
84. This competition is optional, so we not have to take part in it.
A B C D
85. Despite having a little chance to win, you should give up your dream of becoming a star.
A B C D
86. The professor told me that we should give this assignment in by Thursday at the latest.
A B C D
87. What you should do now is to make slides for the presentation tomorrow as we have a little
time left. A B C
D
88. You have to apply for this position as soon as possible since it has only three vacancies.
A B C D
89. Ms. Anna will give a fascinating lecture at 8 a.m., so you should be here at 7.45 to check in.
A B C D
90. My advice is you have to consider carefully before making the final decision.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
91. Would you mind if I opened the windows? It's too stuffy in here.
A. Yes, of course. B. No, please do. C. I think it is OK. D. You look so tired.
92. Could you show me how to get to the nearest train station from here?
A. I'm not certain but it's maybe at the end of the street. B. I totally agree with you.
C. Sorry, I never know you. D. I'm busy now. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 07
93. From my point of view, all family members should share the chores equally.
A. It's a breathtaking view. B. You lied to me.
C. But you're right. D. There's no doubt about it.
94. I've been awarded a scholarship to Harvard University.
A. Just kidding! B. It's up to you. C. Good job! D. Same to you. Thanks!
95. Don't forget to finish your homework before class.
A. I'll do it later. B. Not much. C. It's quite difficult. D. Thank you for reminding me.
96. Thanks a lot for helping me fix the car yesterday.
A. I'd love to. B. You're welcome. C. Of course not. D. I like it.
97. I've seen John at the workshop on communication skills.
A. I see. I'll call him. B. The workshop was very useful.
C. That can't be John because he's in Paris now. D. No, I don't think so.
98. How do I sign up for the psychology course?
A. You need to fill in the online application form first. B. It's not yours.
C. The course was full. D. Your deadline is May 15.
99. What's about going to the waterpark?
A. That's a good idea. B. That's right. C. Of course! D. I'm sorry I can't.
100. Hi, I'd like to buy three tickets for the Lost in Fear.
A. How many tickets? B. I'm sorry. They were sold out.
C. We don't like this film. D. You should see other interesting films.
101. Do you enjoy buying souvenirs?
A. No, I don't. B. No, thank you! C. Never mind. D. No, I am not.
102. Which show would you like to watch, madam?
A. Here you are! B. No, thanks. C. I am sorry. D. Pardon?
103. What did you do on Sunday?
A. No way! B. Not much. C. It was great. D. I don't care.
104. I love listening to rock n' roll. How about you?
A. I can't stand it. B. I can't help it. C. I can't do it. D. I can't wait for it.
105. What's wrong with the shirt you bought last week?
A. Oh! What a beautiful shirt! B.I wore it last night.
C. The zip has come off. D. I've the receipt.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Fathers in today families are spending more time with their children than at any point in the
past 100 years. (106)________ the number of hours the average woman spends at home with her
children has declined since the early 1900s, as more and more women enter the workforce, there
has been a decrease in the number of children per family and an increase in (107)________ attention
to each child. As a result, mothers today in the United States, (108)________ those who work part- or
full-time, spend almost twice as much time with each child as mothers did in the 1920s. People
(109)________ raised children in the 1940s and 1950s typically report that their own adult children
and grandchildren communicate far better with their kids and spend more time (110)________ with
homework than they did.
America's children are also safer today than they've (111)________ been. An infant was four
times more likely to die in the 1950s than today. A parent then was 27 per cent more likely to lose
an older teen (112)________ death.
If we look back over the last millennium, we can see that families have always been diverse.
In each period, families have solved one set of problems only to face new (113)________. What works
for a family in one economic and cultural setting doesn't work for a family in another. What's helpful
(114)________ one stage of a family's life may be (115)________ at the next stage. If there is one lesson
to be (116)________ from the last millennium of family history, it's that families always have to
(117)________ with a changing world.
106. A. Although B. However C. Unless D. Besides
107. A. isolated B. individual C. unique D. single MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 08
108. A. adding B. counting C. taking D. including
109. A. whom B. which C. who D. when
110. A. helping B. to help C. help D. on help
111. A. never B. already C. ever D. just
112. A. in B. for C. to D. with
113. A. challenger B. challenges C. challenging D. challenged
114. A. at B. for C. in D. by
115. A. destruction B. destroying C. destroyed D. destructive
116. A. drawing B. drawn C. draw D. drew
117. A. put up B. live up C. go up D. catch up
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
Stella McCartney was born in 1972, the daughter of pop star Sir Paul McCartney. She is the youngest
of three sisters. One sister is a potter and the other sister does the same job as their mother used to
do - she works as a photographer. Stella's brother, James, is a musician. Stella first hit the
newspaper headlines in 1995 when she graduated in fashion design from ar-college. At her final
show, her clothes were modeled by her friends, Naomi Campbell and Kate Moss, both well-known
models. Unsurprisingly, the student show became front-page news around the world. Stella hadn't
been in the news before as a fashion designer but she had spent time working in the fashion world
since she was fifteen. In March 1997, Stella went to work for the fashion house Chloe. People said
the famous fashion house had given her the job because of her surname and her famous parents
but Stella soon showed how good she was. She designs clothes which she would like to wear herself,
although she's not a model, and many famous models and actors choose to wear them. In 2001
Stella started her own fashion house and has since opened stores around the world and won many
prizes. A lifelong vegetarian, McCartney does not use any leather or fur in her design. Instead, she
uses silk, wool and other animal-derived fabrics.
118. Which of the following is NOT true about Stella's family?
A. She has three sisters. B. One of her sisters is a photographer.
C. She is the youngest. D. Her father is a famous singer.
119. Stella, Naomi Campbell and Kate Moss________.
A. met for the first time at her fashion show B. are very famous fashion models
C. had been friends before 1995 D. all performed at the final show in 1995
120. Which of the following is TRUE about the show?
A. Everyone was surprised when Stella's show was successful.
B. The models performed clothes designed by Stella.
C. The show was the last show of Stella.
D. There was no one famous appearing in the show.
121. Stella thinks about the kinds of clothes that________.
A. famous people like to wear B. she likes to wear
C. well-known models perform beautifully D. bring her prizes
1 2 2 . T h ê w o r d “ lifelong ” in th ê p a s s a g ê is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. permanent B. inconstant C. temporary D. changing
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
In American, although most men still do less housework than their wives, that gap has been
halved since the 1960s. Today, 41 per cent of couples say they share childcare equally, compared
with 25 percent in 1985. Men's greater involvement at home is good for their relationships with
their spouses, and also good for their children. Hands-on fathers make better parents than men
who let their wives do all the nurturing and childcare. They raise sons who are more expressive
and daughters who are more likely to do well in school - especially in math and science.
In 1900, life expectancy in the United States was 47 years, and only four per cent of the
population was 65 or older. Today, life expectancy is 76 years, and by 2025, it is estimated about
20 per cent of the U.S. population will be 65 or older. For the first time, a generation of adults must
plan for the needs of both their parents and their children. Most Americans are responding with
remarkable grace. One in four households gives the equivalent of a full day a week or more in MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 09
unpaid care to an aging relative, and more than half say they expect to do so in the next 10 years.
Older people are less likely to be impoverished or incapacitated by illness than in the past, and have
more opportunity to develop a relationship with their grandchildren.
Even some of the choices that worry people the most are turning out to be manageable.
Divorce rates are likely to remain high, and in many cases marital breakdown causes serious
problems for both adults and kids. Yet when parents minimize conflict, family bonds can be
maintained. And many families are doing this. More non-custodial parents are staying in touch with
their children. Child-support receipts are rising. A lower proportion of children from divorced
families are exhibiting problems than in earlier decades. And stepfamilies are learning to maximize
children's access to supportive adults rather than cutting them off from one side of the family.
123. Which of the following can be the most suitable heading for paragraph 1?
A. Men's involvement at home B. Benefits of men's involvement at home
C. Drawbacks of men's involvement at home D. Children studying math and science
124. Nowadays, _________ of men help take care of children.
A. 50% B. 41% C. 25% D. 20%
125. According to the writer, old people in the USA_________.
A. are experiencing a shorter life expectancy
B. receive less care from their children than they used to
C. have better relationships with their children and grandchildren
D. may live in worst living conditions
126. Which of the following is NOT true about divorce rates in the USA?
A. They will still be high.
B. They can cause problems for both parents and children.
C. More problems are caused by children from divorced families.
D. Children are encouraged to meet their separate parents.
127. The word "equivalent ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. comparable B. opposed C. dissimilar D. constrasting
128. The word "manageable ” in p a r a g r a p h 3 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ .
A. difficult B. challenging C. demanding D. easy
1 2 9 . T h ê w o r d “ this ” in th ê p a r a g r a p h 3 r ê fê r s to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. getting divorced B. minimizing conflict
C. causing problems to kids D. maintaining bonds
130. According to the writer, the future of American family life can be_________.
A. positive B. negative C. unchanged D. unpredictable
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. Nobody in the class is as tall as Mike.
A. Everybody in the class is taller than Mike.
B. Somebody in the class may be shorter than Mike.
C. Mike is the tallest student in the class.
D. Mike may be taller than most students in the class.
132. I haven't got enough money to buy a new car.
A. I need more money to buy a new car.
B. I don't want to spend more money on a new car.
C. A new car is not something I really need.
D. Money is not the most essential to buy a new car.
133. I am really keen on playing sports.
A. I am a big fan of sports. B. Playing sports makes me sick.
C. I am not really into sports. D. I can't stand sports.
1 3 4 . “ I will come back home soon , ” h ê s a id .
A. He advised to come back home soon. B. He offered to come back home soon.
C. He promised to come back home soon. D. He suggested he should come back home soon.
135. He prevented his close friend from telling the truth. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 010
A. He forbade his close friend to tell the truth. B. He allowed his close friend to tell the truth.
C. He ordered his close friend to tell the truth. D. He paid his close friend to tell the truth.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. My brother speaks too loud. It is really annoying.
A. My brother is speaking too loud.
B. My brother likes to speak too loud.
C. My brother feels annoyed when he can't speak too loud.
D. My brother is always speaking too loud.
137. There is always conflict between parents and children. However, they still should talk and share
things with each other.
A. Although there is always conflict between parents and children, they still should talk and
share things with each other.
B. There is always conflict between parents and children, so they still should talk and share
things with each other.
C. Unless there is always conflict between parents and children, they still should talk and
share things with each other.
D. Not only there is always conflict between parents and children, but they still should talk
and share things with each other.
138. Your parents will help you with the problem. You should tell them the story.
A. Because your parents will help you with the problem, you should tell them the story.
B. Your parents will help you with the problem since you should tell them the story.
C. If your parents will help you with the problem, you should tell them the story.
D. Your parents will help you with the problem because you should tell them the story.
139. Unemployment rate is high. This makes many children move back to their parents' house.
A. Many children move back to their parents' house, which makes high unemployment rate.
B. High unemployment rate forces many children to move back to their parents' house.
C. Moving back to their parents' house suggests that the unemployment rate is high.
D. It is necessary to move back to your parents' house if unemployment rate is high.
140. She is an honest person. She is also a very friendly one.
A. She is an honest but friendly person.
B. She is not only an honest but also a very friendly person.
C. Though she is a honest person, she is friendly.
D. Being honest is necessary to become friendly.
___________THE END___________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 011
UNIT 2. RELATIONSHIPS
I. VOCABULARY:
01. argument / ’a : g j ʊ mә nt / n Tranh cãi
02. counsellor / ’k a ʊ s ә l ә r / n Ng ư ờ i tư v ấn
03. date /deit/ n Cu ộc h ẹn hò
04. lend an ear / l ê nd ә n iә r / ph L ắng nghe
05. sympathetic / s impә ’ etik/ a C ảm thông
06. b ê in a r ê l a t io ns h ip / b i in ә r i’l ê i ʃn ʃ ip / ( ph ) Đ a ng c ó m ối quan h ệ tình c ảm
07. b ê r ê c o ncil ê d ( w it h so mê o nê ) / b i r ê ’k ә n s a il d w i ‘s w n/ (ph) Làm lành, làm hòa
08. break up (with someone) /breik p wi ‘s w n/ (ph) Chia tay, k ết thúc m ối quan h ệ
09. r o ma nt ic r ê l a t io n s h ip / r ә ʊ ’mæ nt i k r i’l ê i ʃn ʃip/ (ph) M ối quan h ệ tình c ảm lãng m ạn
II. PRONUNCIATION: Stresses on words with two syllables
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Liking Verbs be, seem (review) 2. Cleft Sentences (review)
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 2. RELATIONSHIP
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. amazing B. charge C. female D. taste
02. A. break B. breath C. thread D. tread
03. A. enough B. plough C. rough D. tough
04. A. believes B. dreams C. girls D. parents
05. A. kissed B. laughed C. looked D. loved
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
6. A. campaign B. female C. humour D. partner
7. A. advice B. contact C. mature D. maintain
8. A. favourite B. recommend C. understand D. volunteer
9. A. argument B. counsellor C. reconcile D. romantic
10. A. comfortable B. preservative C. relationship D. significant
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. I was shocked to find out my boyfriend had cheated on me.
A. angry B. pleased C. upset D. worried
12. He was furious with himself for letting things get out of control.
A. angry B. confused C. sad D. surprised
13. Mary and John have a lot in common.
A. live together B. spend lots of time together
C. share similar ideas D. share accommodation
14. She felt unsafe and insecure in love.
A. anxious B. calm C. silly D. unlucky
15. I am now reconciled with two of my estranged siblings - not just my older brother, but my sister,
whom I hadn't spoken to for 17 years.
A. contactable B. harmonised C. opposed D. truthful
16. When couples encounter problems or issues, they may wonder when it is appropriate to visit a
marriage counsellor. A. advisor B. director C. professor D. trainer
17. He doesn't completely trust online partners, as they usually hide their real identity.
A. argument B. decision C. opinion D. personality
18. Sometimes, in order to get things done, you have to take the initiative.
A. make the last decision B. make important changes
C. raise the first idea D. sacrifice for others MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 012
19. From the moment they met, he was completely attracted by her.
A. accepted B. fascinated C. influenced D. rejected
20. She was so happy when he got down on bended knee and popped the question.
A. asked her out B. asked her to be on a date
C. asked her to give him some money D. asked her to marry him
21. Gary didn't always see eye to eye with his father, and this is where the honesty shows through.
A. agree with B. be truthful with C. look up to D. take after
22. Some parents strongly oppose their children's romantic relationship.
A. assist B. forbid C. ignore D. preserve
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
23. I was really depressed about his winning the election, like a lot of people.
A. fed up B. pessimistic C. satisfied D. unhappy
24. Miss Walker was a mature lady when she married.
A. annoyed B. childish C. energetic D. sensitive
25. Students are advised to tune out distractions and focus on study.
A. avoid B. forget C. neglect D. regard
26. Don't confess your love to your friends unless you know they feel the same way.
A. admit B. conceal C. declare D. expose
27. Among friends again, we may be happy to confide our innermost secrets.
A. admit B. conceal C. hint D. reveal
28 Most of us, even with every communication option possible, drift apart from friends.
A. be independent B. be associated C. be isolated D. be separated
29. Then the strangest thing happens - Will and Marcus strike up an unusual friendship.
A. cover up B. give up C. make up D. remain
30. He'll give Joe a red rose and a lovey-dovey poem he wrote.
A. lovesick B. romantic C. tragic D. wild
31. Feel free to bring along your significant other to the party.
A. dear B. foe C. mate D. spouse
32. I look up to my father for my whole life.
A. depend on B. disapprove C. disrespect D. underestimate
33. He's a wonderful example of a kind-hearted person with good judgment.
A. inhuman B. tolerant C. generous D. sympathetic
34. The situation seemed hopeless and desperation filled them both with anger.
A. pessimistic B. pointless C. promising D. useless
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
35. I don't know what to say to break the_______ with someone I've just met at the party.
A. air B. ice C. leg D. rule
36. Their close friendship_______ a romantic relationship.
A. brings about B. puts up C. takes over D. turns into
37. It's time I_______ and raised a family.
A. carried on B. grew up C. settled down D. worked out
38. They fell_______ because they disagreed on the care of their young son.
A. apart B. away C. out D. over
39. All the three boys seem to fall_______ over heels in love with her.
A. head B. heart C. mind D. soul
40. She says she has kissed and_______ up with Nigel, and the reunion was a fun night.
A. caught B. done C. made D. took
41. Due to financial conflict over years, they decided to get_______.
A. divorced B. engaged C. married D. proposed
42. Many husbands and wives can't remember why they ever got_______ in the first place because
they no longer have anything in common.
A. divorced B. engaged C. married D. proposed
43. We started_______ out together before we realised we were in love.
A. asking B. eating C. going D. hanging MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 013
44. Parents are always willing to lend a sympathetic_______ to their children when they have
problems. A. hand B. ear C. eye D. paw
45. I have a_______ on a classmate who is very near and dear to me.
A. crush B. desire C. flame D. passion
46. Jane arranged for me to go on a/an_______ date with a guy from her office.
A. blind B. group C. online D. speed
47. _______ dating involves couples going out together. It gives you the chance to see how your date
interacts with other people.
A. Blind B. Group C. Online D. Speed
48. If you are lucky, it will be love at first_______.
A. look B. see C. sight D. site
49. When you start dating somebody regularly, we say that you are_______ somebody.
A. knowing B. looking C. seeing D. viewing
50. His youngest daughter was the_______ of his eye.
A. apple B. honey C. sweet D. strawberry
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. What's the matter? You look_______.
A. happily B. sadly C. unhappy D. unhappily
52. I have been very_______ up to this point, but I am going to lose my temper if you don't find my
baggage immediately.
A. impatiently B. impatient C. patient D. patiently
53. You seem more_______ now.
A. relaxed B. relax C. relaxing D. relaxingly
54. These watermelons were_______ sweet.
A. excepting B. exception C. exceptional D. exceptionally
55. The cake tastes_______.
A. good B. goodly C. well D. badly
56. That kitten's fur_______ so soft.
A. looks B. sounds C. smells D. tastes
57. The waves crashed on the shore where they_______ cool on my hot feet.
A. appeared B. felt C. looked D. sounded
58. The milk went_______ within seven days from opening.
A. bad B. badly C. best D. well
59. You can't blame an automaker for wanting to design a car that looks_______, even if it doesn't
have what it takes under the hood.
A. fast B. fastly C. quick D. quickly
60. My darling, you looked_______ in that dress.
A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
61. She looked_______ around for a weapon.
A. desperate B. desperating C. desperately D. desperation
62. Nicole grew_______ from the hours of overtime at work. It became quite_______ that she needed a
long vacation. A. tired/obvious B. tired/obviously C. tiredly/obvious D. tiredly/obviously
63. The young girl sing_______.
A. amazing good B. amazing well C. amazingly good D. amazingly well
64. She said she would become a_______ singer_______.
A. famous/quick B. famous/quickly C. famously/quick D. famously/quickly
65. The skies became_______ as the moon moved between the Earth and the Sun.
A. surprising dark B. surprising darkly C. surprisingly dark D. surprisingly darkly
66. Although my best friend now lives in Da Nang, we still try to keep in touch_______ each other.
A. for B. on C. up to D. with
67. They said it was a great chance to form new friendships and enjoy each other's_______.
A. companion B. companionable C. companionship D. company
68. Terry has been carrying a torch for Liz for years, but she seems not_______. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 014
A. been noticed B. notice C. noticing D. to notice
69. Many parents are worried that their children will get involved_______ a romantic relationship in
their teenage years.
A. for B. in C. on D. with
70. Some people are meant to fall in love_______ each other but not meant to be together.
A. for B. in C. on D. with
71. Healthy relationships allow both partners to feel supported and connected but still feel_______.
A. dependence B. dependent C. depending D. independent
72. Warmth, _______ , and understanding should cost nothing in any country.
A. sympathy B. sympathetic C. sympathise D. sympathising
73. Talking to professional counsellors who are trained to help people to process feelings, can be
most_______.
A. beneficial B. beneficially C. beneficiary D. benefit
74. If you have feeling for someone, then you have worked up the_______ to ask them out.
A. encourage B. encouragement C. courage D. courageous
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
75. The chef tasted the meat cautious before carefully serving it to his special guest.
A B C D
76. The doctor felt the leg carefully to see if there were any brokenly bones.
A B C D
77. After being closed for a long period of time, the house became dirty and smelled awfully.
A B C D
78. All the members of the committee felt happily about the ultimate decision.
A B C D
79. Sophie has lived in Thailand for several years. She knows the culture very good.
A B C D
80. I feel both excited and nervously because I have got a date with Lara tomorrow.
A B C D
81. The humid weather made it difficultly to enjoy the tropical beach.
A B C D
82. It was a warm and cosy coffee shop in where they had their first date.
A B C D
83. Jerry's parents are not pleased because he does not study hardly and seriously enough.
A B C D
84. I wonder how you felt when you broke up from your ex-girlfriend.
A B C D
85. Most important, I can quickly either start or end an online relationship whenever I want.
A B C D
86. The food was good with reasonable price, but the service was slowly.
A B C D
87. According to Kate's parents' viewpoint, she is never mature enough to be in love.
A B C D
88. It is his dishonesty what I dislike the most.
A B C D
89. My students are not so good at Mathematics but they study English good.
A B C D
90. They are accustomed to share every sorrow and mirth with each other.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
9 1 . “ A r ê y o u r ê a d y ? T h ê s ch o o l b u s is l ê a v in g . ” – “ Y ê s , j u s t a m in u tê . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No longer. B. I'm coming. C. I'd be OK. D. I'm leaving.
9 2 . “ H i, J ê nn y . Wh ê r ê a r ê y o u g o in g ?” – “ S o r r y , M ikê . I ca n' t s to p no w . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 015
A. Of course not! B. Oops! C. See you. D. Watch out!
9 3 . “ Wê r ê y o u in s ch o o l y ê s tê r d a y ?” – “ No , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I was not sure. B. I was free. C. I was absent. D. It was boring
9 4 . “ Do y o u m in d if I s it nê x t t o y o u ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Don't mention it. B. My pleasure. C. No, not at all. D. Yes, why not?
9 5 . “ Y o u r nê w d r ê s s l o o k s f a nt a s ti c! ” – “ T h a nks , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I bought it at Daisy's. B. I'd rather not. C. It's up to you. D. You can say that again.
9 6 . “ Do y o u f ê ê l l ikê g o in g t o th ê p r o m w it h m ê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I feel very bored. B. That would be great. C. Yes, congratulations. D. You're welcome.
9 7 . " I 'm a fr a id th ê r ê is no r ê a l f r iê nd s h i p b ê tw ê ê n b o y s a nd g ir l s ! ”
- “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , M o m m y . Wê a r ê j u s t g o o d f r iê nd s . ”
A. Don't mention it B. Don't worry C. I hope so D. Of course not
9 8 . “ I th in k s tu d ê nt s m u s t g o to s in g l ê s ê x s ch o o l s . ” – “ No , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I totally approve. B. I disagree. C. How amazing D. What a pity.
9 9 . “ Did n' t y o u f ê ê l ti r ê d o f b ê in g a l o nê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Of course not. B. No, thanks. C. Sounds boring. D. No, why not?
1 0 0 . “ Wh a t' s w r o ng w i th y o u ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Thank you. B. I'm having a headache.
C. You are welcome. D. Yes, I was tired yesterday.
1 0 1 . “ Y o u l o o k s o s a d . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ I co u l d n' t h a v ê m y p a r ê nt 's p ê r m is s io n. ”
A. Can you help me? B. How do you deal with it?
C. What's the problem? D. What should I do?
1 0 2 . “ I ca n' t u nd ê r s ta nd w h y m y p a r ê nt s d o n' t a l l o w m ê to p l a y w it h b o y s . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Me also. B. Me either. C. Me neither. D. Me too
1 0 3 . “ Wh y d o n' t w ê ta l k to M r . G r ê ê n fir s t? I th in k h ê ca n h ê l p . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Good idea. B. I understand. C. Yes, thanks. D. You are wrong.
1 0 4 . “ H ê l l o . _ _ _ _ ” – “H ê l l o . H o l d o n p l ê a s ê . I g ê t y o u th r o u g h . ”
A. Can I meet Mr. Green? B. Can I take Mr. Green's number?
C. May I speak to Mr. Green? D. Where is Mr. Green's room?
1 0 5 . " C a n yo u h ê l p C a r o l to p ê r s u a d ê h ê r p a r ê n ts ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I think so. B. Not completely. C. Yes, I'm afraid not. D. Why not?
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
In a healthy relationship, both partners respect, trust and embrace (106)_______ differences.
Both partners are able to communicate (107)_______ their needs and listen to their partner, and
work to resolve conflict in a rational and (108)_______ way. But maintaining a healthy relationship
(109)_______ for skills many young people are never taught. A lack of these skills, and (110)_______
up in a society that sometimes celebrates violence or in a community that experiences a high
(111)_______ of violence, can lead to unhealthy and even violent relationships among youth.
Dating violence (112)_______ psychological or emotional violence, such as controlling
behaviours or jealousy; physical violence, such as hitting or punching. More than 20 per cent of all
adolescents report having experienced (113)_______ psychological or physical violence from an
intimate partner - and underreporting remains a concern.
Adolescents, (114)_______ older adolescents, often have romantic relationships, which are
long-term, serious, and intimate. Society has a responsibility to provide young people with the
resources, skills, and space (115)_______ to safeguard their physical and emotional well-being in
these relationships. Youth-serving professionals, educators, and parents can help young people in
need access services to (116)_______ dating abuse victimisation. Research also has shown that
programmes intended to prevent dating violence can be (117)_______.
106. A. another's B. each another's C. each other's D. one another's
107. A. effective B. effectively C. effectiveness D. ineffective
108. A. non-violent B. violently C. violent D. violence
109. A. asks B. calls C. looks D. requires MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 016
110. A. bringing B. growing C. raising D. taking
111. A. amount B. number C. rate D. scale
12. A. comprises B. consists C. contains D. includes
113. A. both B. either C. neither D. whether
114. A. especial B. especially C. special D. specially
115. A. necessitating B. necessarily C. necessary D. necessity
116. A. address B. confess C. deny D. obey
117. A. succeed B. success C. successful D. successfully
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
Let's see if you can correctly answer the following question: At what age are Latter-day Saint
youth allowed to date? Of course, you probably immediately said, "16". OK, then, how about this
one: At what age are you allowed to have a boyfriend or girlfriend? You may b ê th in k in g , “ U m , 1 6 . Didn't I just answer that?" Well, if that was your answer, then, even though you aced the first
question, you missed the second one. Just because you can date when you turn 16 doesn't mean
you should immediately start looking for a steady boyfriend or girlfriend.
For decades, prophets have preached that youth who are in no position to marry should not
pair off exclusively. For instance, President Hinckley (1910-2008) said, "When you are young, do
not get involved in steady dating. When you reach an age where you think of marriage, then is the
time to become so involved. But you boys who are in high school don't need this, and neither do the
g ir l s ” . S o w h a t d o ê s th is co u ns ê l r ê a l l y m ê a n, a n d w h a t a r ê th ê r ê a s o ns f o r it ?
To begin with, there are two different types of dating: casual dating and steady (or serious)
dating. The distinction between the two has to do with exclusivity. With casual dating, there is no
ê x cl u s ivity. T h ê tw o p ê o p l ê a r ê n' t “ a co u p l ê ” o r “ a n it ê m ” , a nd th ê y d o n' t r ê fê r to each other as a
“ b o y fr iê nd ” o r “ g ir l f r iê nd ” . T h ê y d o n' t p a ir o ff . P ê o p l ê w h o a r ê ca s u a l l y d a ti ng a r ê s im p l y fr iê nd s . This is the kind of dating the Church encourages you to do after you turn 16. You should put aside
a nê ê d to f in d a “ o nê a nd o nl y ” . I f you're dating casually, you don't expect a relationship to become
a romance. You have fun; you do a variety of things with a variety of people. On the other hand,
steady dating means the couple is exclusive with one another. They expect each other not to date
anyone else or to be emotionally or physically close with other people. Couples who date seriously
consider the future, because there is a real possibility they could stay together. This is the kind of
dating the Church encourages young adults (generally, people in their 20s) to progress toward,
because that's the age when they should be thinking of marrying.
You should avoid becoming exclusive as teenagers, because an exclusive relationship
requires a high level of commitment from both partners, and you're not in a position to make that
kind of commitment as teens – neither emotionally, physically, nor in terms of your future plans. As
P r ê s id ê nt B o y d K . P a ck ê r , P r ê s id ê nt o f th ê Q u o r u m o f th ê T w ê l v ê A p o s tl ê s , h a s s a id to y o u t h , “ A v o id steady dating. Steady dating is courtship, and surely the beginning of courtship ought to be delayed
u nt il y o u h a v ê ê m ê r g ê d f r o m y o u r tê ê ns ” .
118. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that__________.
A. dating doesn't mean having exclusive boyfriend or girlfriend
B. teenagers are supposed to have a steady boyfriend or girlfriend
C. teenagers date as many boyfriends or girlfriends as they can
D. young people shouldn't be allowed to date at 16
1 1 9 . T h ê w o r d “ aced ” in p a r a g r a p h 1 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. gave up B. misled C. succeeded in D. understood
120. According to the passage, what is NOT true about casual dating?
A. You can be friend with each other. B. You don't pair off exclusively.
C . Y o u f in d y o u r " o nê a nd o n l y ” . D. You meet different kinds of people.
121. It is stated in the passage that steady dating__________.
A. includes a variety of things with a variety of people
B. is courtship that you ought to have in your teens
C. requires hardly any commitment
D. suits people who are in their 20s
122. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage? MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 017
A. At what age are young people allowed to date? B. Casual dating or steady dating.
C. Make your teenage dating by keeping it casual. D. Popular kinds of dating for teenagers.
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
It has long been seen as a less romantic way of meeting Mr. Right. But finding love over the
Internet is a good way of meeting a marriage partner, research has showed. It found that one in five
of those who have used dating sites to find their perfect partner have gone on to marry someone they
met over the web. The study, by consumer group which also revealed that more than half of the 1,504
people questioned had been on a date with someone they met in cyberspace. Sixty-two per cent
agreed that it was easier to meet someone on a dating site than in other ways, such as in a pub or club,
or through friends. At the same time, the under-35s were more likely to know someone who had been
on a date or had a long-term relationship with someone they met through online dating. The survey
also found that Match.com and Dating Direct were the most popular dating websites.
Jess Ross, edit o r o f w h ic h . co . u k , s a id : “ O nl in ê d a ti ng is r ê v o l u ti o ni s in g t h ê w a y p ê o p l ê m ê ê t ê a ch o th ê r . S w it ch in g t h ê co m p u tê r o n co u l d b ê th ê fir s t s tê p to s u ccê s s . ” A cco r d in g to in d u s tr y surveys, more than 22 million people visited dating websites in 2007, and more than two million
Britons are signed up to singles sites. Previous research has shown that couples who get to know
each other via emails are more likely to see each other again after their first date. Two years ago, a
study by Bath University revealed that those who met on dating websites were 94 per cent more
likely to see each other after their first meeting than other couples. The researchers studied
relationships formed on online dating website Match.com over a six-month period. They found that
consummate love - described as a balance of passion, intimacy and commitment - was evident at
around 12 months into a relationship. Of the 147 couples who took part in the study, 61 per cent
said their relationships had high levels of these components. The researchers also found that men
were more likely to find true love on the Internet than women. Some 67 per cent of men but just 57
per cent of women said they had experienced consummate love with an online partner.
Companionate love - a relationship with high levels of intimacy and commitment, but lower
levels of passion - was the next most frequently experienced form of love, exhibited by 16 per cent
of the study group. Dr. J ê ff G a v in , w h o l ê d th ê t ê a m , s a id : “ T o d a tê , th ê r ê h a s b ê ê n no systematic
study of love in the context-of relationships formed via online dating sites. But with the popularity
of online dating, it is imperative we understand the factors that influence satisfaction in
r ê l a ti o ns h ip s fo r m ê d in t h is w a y . ” C h a r l o tt ê H a r p ê r , o f M a tch . co m , s a id : “ Wê w ê re thrilled to find
so many of our former members have found love. It supports our belief that the Internet does in
fact encourage old- fa s h io nê d c o u r ts h ip . ”
123. According to the passage, online dating is seen as__________.
A. a modern romantic way of dating B. an economical way of dating
C. the fastest way to find a soul mate D. a great change in the way people meet
1 2 4 . T h ê w o r d s “ cyberspace ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 p r o b a b l y m ê a ns _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. dating agency B. group dating C. online network D. school club
125. According to the passage, the number of people taking part in a study by Bath University
was__________. A. more than 1500 B. more than 750 C. about 150 D. about 300
1 2 6 . T h ê w o r d s “ systematic" in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to__________.
A. efficient B. fixed C. flexible D. insecure
127. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Consummate love has higher levels of passion than companionate love.
B. Less than 20 million people visited dating websites in 2007.
C. Many members of match.com have found love.
D. Men are more likely to find their ideal partner online than women.
1 2 8 . T h ê w o r d “ imperative ” in p a r a g r a p h 5 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. crucial B. minor C. optional D. useless
129. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Many couples got married within 12 months since their first meeting.
B. Men were more likely to visit dating websites than women.
C. The number of single people in Britons reduced owing to online dating.
D. Many people had a long-term relationship through online dating. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 018
130. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. Internet does in fact encourage old-fashioned courtship.
B. Online dating - a good way of meeting people.
C. Online dating is showed to help you find your perfect partner.
D. The revolution of online dating is alarming.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. I have to take the responsibility.
A. It's I am that responsible. B. It is I who am responsible.
C. It is me who am responsible. D. It's that me is responsible.
132. It was her story that made me cry.
A. I was made crying by her story. B. I was made to cry by her story.
C. Her story made me crying. D. Her story made me to cry.
133. It is unlikely that he will come on time.
A. He is unlikely to come early. B. It is likely that he will not come too late.
C. It looks as if he will come late. D. It seems that he will come lately.
134. He became successful as a professional writer at the age of 20.
A. He did not succeed as a professional writer until he was 20.
B. He did not write professionally until he succeeded at the age of 20.
C. He succeeded as a professional writer until he was 20.
D. He wrote professionally until he became successful at the age of 20.
1 3 5 . M a i: “ Why don't we ask Mr. Brown for help?”
A. Mai asked why they did not ask Mr. Brown for help.
B. Mai begged Mr. Brown for help to find the reason.
C. Mai suggested that they should ask Mr. Brown for help.
D. Mai wanted to know why Mr. Brown did not help.
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. John lied to Linda. She didn't know the reason.
A. Linda didn't believe that John lied to her. B. Linda didn't know how John lied to her.
C. Linda didn't know that John lied to her. D. Linda didn't know what John lied for.
137. Billy did not find his cat in the garden. He found it in the garage.
A. It was the garden and garage that Billy found his cat.
B. It wasn't the garden that Billy did not find his cat.
C. It wasn't the garden but the garage that Billy found his cat.
D. Billy could not find his cat anywhere, even in the garage.
138. She is so attractive. Many boys run after her.
A . S o a tt r a ctivê is s h ę m a ny b o y s th a t r u n a ftê r h ê r .
B. So attractive is she that many boys run after her.
C. So attractive she is that many boys run after her.
D. So that attractive she is many boys run after her.
139. You can feel more at ease by taking part in group dating. It's the only way.
A. By taking part in group dating can you only feel more at ease.
B. Only by taking part in group dating can you feel more at ease.
C. The only way you is by taking part in group dating can feel more at ease.
D. The way you can feel more at ease is taking part in only group dating.
140. Mary broke up with her boyfriend. She couldn't stand his complaining.
A. Although Mary broke up with her boyfriend, she couldn't stand his complaining.
B. Mary broke up with her boyfriend because she couldn't stand his complaining.
C. Mary broke up with her boyfriend; however, she couldn't stand his complaining.
D. Mary broke up with her boyfriend in case she couldn't stand his complaining.
____________THE END___________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 019
UNIT 3. BECOMING INDEPENDENCE
I. VOCABULARY:
01. confident /k әn ’fid әnt/ a Tư ̣ tin
02. coordination /k ә ʊ ɔ : di' nê i∫n/ n Hơ ̣ p ta ́ c
03. decisive /de ’s a is iv/ a Q u y ê ́ t đo a ́ n
04. determine / di’tз:mind/ a Q u y ê ́ t t a m
05. housekeeping /ha ʊ s ’k i: pi ŋ/ n V iê ̣ c nh a ̀
06. interpersonal /int ә ’p з:s әnl/ a Liên nhân
07. motivated / ’m ә ʊtiveitid/ a C o ́ đo ̣ ng l ư ̣ c
08. prioritize / pr a i’ ɔ:r әtaiz/ v Ư u tiê n
09. protective /pr ә ’t ê k t i v / a Ba ̉ o vê ̣
10. reliable / r i’l a i әbl/ a Đa ́ ng tin c a ̣ y
11. strive /straiv/ v C o ́ , no ̃ l ư ̣ c
12. self-discipline /self- ‘dis ә pl in/ ( n) Tư ̣ g ia ́ c
13. s ê l f - ê s t ê ê mê d / s ê l f - i ’ s t i: m / ( n) Tư ̣ to n
14. self-reliant /self- r i’l a i ә nt / ( n) Tư ̣ l ư ̣ c
12. self-discipline /self- ‘dis ә pl in/ ( n) Tư ̣ g ia ́ c
15. t imê m a na g ê m ê nt / t a i m ‘m ænid ʒm ә nt / ( n) Q u a ̉ n l í thơ ̀ i g ia n
16. well-informed /wel in’f ɔ:md/ a Đu ̉ tho ng tin
17. wisely / ’w a is l i / adv Khôn ngoan
II. PRONUNCIATION: Stresses on words with more than two syllables
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Full Infinitives follow adjectives and nouns (review) 2. Infinitives (review)
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 3. BECOMING INDEPENDENT
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. lake B. bay C. cane D. lack
02. A. lurk B. luck C. but D. putt
03. A. stopped B. expected C. finished D. faced
04. A. thoughtful B. threaten C. therefore D. thin
05. A. grease B. sympathy C. horse D. rose
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. reliable B. independent C. responsible D. decisiveness
07. A. difficult B. confident C. critical D. important
08. A. permission B. well-informed C. activity D. effective
09. A. routine B. problem C. lonely D. hygiene
10. A. laundry B. punish C. depend D. reason
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. When getting into troubles, Jack never_________ on other people for help. He always solves them
on his own. A. determines B. influences C. relies D. manages
12. He suffered_________ serious depression after losing his beloved pet.
A. in B. from C. with D. for
13. It was essential for him to be financially_________ of his parents, so he decided to find a part-time
job. A. dependent B. independent C. dependable D. undependable
14. Thanks to many investors, my dream to set up my own trading company came_________.
A. exactly B. real C. right D. true
15. His dedication to the educational charity was truly_________.
A. admirable B. reliable C. critical D. disapproving
16. The director informed that no candidates_________ all the criteria for the administrative position. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 020
A. completed B. fulfilled C. achieved D. suited
17. _________ time-management skill is a core requirement for this job.
A. Solving B. Adapting C. Developing D. Mastering
18. I was encouraged to_________ for the grandest prize in the dancing competition.
A. try B. strive C. reach D. achieve
19. We're punished for not submitting our outline on time as the task_________ was too difficult.
A. assigned B. done C. taken D. reminded
20. That Tom is_________ of finishing the research project prior to the deadline satisfied our manager.
A. able B. skillful C. capable D. talented
21. We've divided the group report into three parts and you're_________ for the conclusion one.
A. responsible B. irresponsible C. response D. responsive
22. You should make a list of things to do and_________ them if you want to work effectively.
A. do B. arrange C. prioritise D. approach
23. Despite my parents' disagreement, I'm_________ to drop out of university and establish my own
business. A. determined B. confident C. successful D. All are correct
24. He_________ me about the lecture yesterday. Otherwise, I would have missed it completely.
A. demanded B. approached C. said D. reminded
25. The government must take_________ action against environmental pollution.
A. important B. unstable C. decisive D. soft
26. When being assigned difficult exercises, Lan always_________ to complete them without any help
from her teacher. A. wants B. manages C. desires D. Finds
27. Our enterprise is seeking for candidates who are_________ and hard-working.
A. reliant B. reliance C. unreliable D. reliable
28. _________ communication skill plays an important role in career success.
A. Personal B. Individual C. Interpersonal D. Interactive
29. In spite of being the new resident in this area, he always tries to_________ with his neighbours.
A. catch up B. go in C. put up D. get along well
30. If you choose to study abroad, you have to live_________ from home.
A. on B. away C. in D. up
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
31. I'm totally exhausted after having finished successive assignments in only a week.
A. Jobs B. works C. exercises D. problems
32. He is truly a reliable friend. He will always be with me and never let me down.
A. mean B. independent C. decisive D. dependable
33. At last, Huong made a determined effort to get a scholarship so that he could have chance to
study overseas. A. tenacious B. serious C. unresolved D. necessary
34. In spite of poverty and dreadful conditions, they still manage to keep their self-respect.
A. self-reliant B. self-restraint C. self-esteem D. self-assured
35. All students are revising carefully, for the final test is approaching soon.
A. going fast B. reaching fast C. coming near D. getting near
36. John is an admirable person as he isn't influenced by other people's opinions when making
decision to do something.
A. relied B. impacted C. decided D. assigned
37. The prom is permitted providing that everyone behaves responsibly.
A. honestly B. imperfectly C. sensitively D. sensibly
38. Don't worry! The answer to this quiz is on the back page.
A. treatment B. method C. solution D. way
39. It is lazy of him for not doing his homework every day.
A. idle B. hard C. busy D. diligent
40. The government found it very difficult to cope with the rising unemployment.
A. try B. manage C. reduce D. increase
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 021
41. Nam is considered to be the best student in our class because he's not only good at learning but
also well-informed about everything around the world.
A. perfectly-informed B. badly-informed C. bad-informed D. ill-informed
42. Tommy was fired owing to his arrogant manner.
A. humble B. overconfident C. superior D. haughty
43. The maintenance of this company is dependent on international investment.
A. affective B. self-reliant C. self-restricted D. reliant
44. With his remarkable ability, Lam can deal with this problem effectively.
A. uneffectively B. inefficiently C. ineffectively D. unefficiently
45. The physical therapy helped Jim overcome his fear of height.
A. overwhelm B. control C. neglect D. conquer
46. At first, he was reluctant to help us. However, after persuading for a long time, he agreed to
play the guitar at our tea-shop.
A. hesitate B. willing C eager D. keen
47. Stop being mean to everyone or you'll have no friends.
A. unkind B. cruel C. miserable D. kind
48. My parents seemed fully satisfied with the result of my entrance exam.
A. pleased B. contented C. disappointed D. joyful
49. After a long time working incessantly, all my efforts ended in failure.
A. success B. collapse C. breakdown D. loser
50. This reference book is essential material for us to prepare for the next assignment.
A. necessary B. dispensable C. vital D. fundamental
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. My parents are glad________ my success in finding a job after graduation.
A. to see B. seeing C. see D. saw
52. It isn't________ for him to take charge of the financial burden on his family.
A. boring B. expensive C. easy D. mind
53. My teacher always gives me advice________ suitable career in the future.
A. choosing B. to choose C. choose D. not to choose
54. We're________ to announce that you were selected to be our new faculty manager.
A. happily B. unhappy C. happiness D. happy
55. It is unnecessary for________ to do this task. It's not ours.
A. we B. us C. they D. our
56. She left a message with a request________ in the contract.
A. not to sign B. not sign C. to not sign D. don't sign
57. I found it truly________ to hear that Mr. Kim had been appointed to the committee.
A. surprise B. surprised C. surprising D. surprisingly
58. Don't be afraid________ me if you have any further queries.
A. not to ask B. asking C. to asking D. to ask
59. It's________ for us to submit the project on time as it's really difficult.
A. possible B. simple C. impossible D. Both B and C
60. It would be unreasonable________ him________ you money if you didn't pay it back.
A. to expect/lend B. to expect/to lend C. expect/to lend D. expecting/lend
61. His ability________ mathematics in a short time is wholly admirable.
A. not to work out B. work out C. to work out D. working out
62. We're disappointed________ that our sales have declined sharply in the last 2 months.
A. to hear B. to heard C. not to hear D. hearing
63. After failing many times in________ a new dish, she made a decision________.
A. creating/giving up B. to create/to give up C. to create/give up D. creating/to give up
64. My father made a determined effort________ a new company.
A. to setting up B. to set up C. setting up D. set up
65. It is________ for him to enjoy the party because he's fairly busy now.
A. unlike B. likeable C. likely D. unlikely MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 022
66. I'm sorry________ that your enterprise has been declared bankrupt.
A. to hear B. for hearing C. hear D. All are correct
67. I feel very proud________ an important part of the English club.
A. to be B. of be C. being D. is
68. It is great that you________ for my organization. I hope you'll gain more experience here.
A. to work B. working C. can work D. works
69. We appreciated more opportunities________ part in the story-telling contest.
A. giving/to take B. to give/taking C. given/to take D. being given/to take
70. Thank you for your kind offer________ a dinner at your apartment. It was excellent.
A. having B. to have C. had D. have
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
71. She was amazing to find that no one died in the tragic accident yesterday.
A B C D
72. His driving ambition was entering one of the top universities in the city.
A B C D
73. It is particularly interested to explore the mystery of the universe.
A B C D
74. Your success in learning depends on your willing to acquire new knowledge.
A B C D
75. We haven't made a plan not to travel overseas yet as I'm very busy with my work.
A B C D
76. It was lucky for us that we able to enjoy the concert.
A B C D
77. His parents are very sadly to see that Binh doesn't usually do his homework.
A B C D
78. The factory was refused permit to expand because of lack of money.
A B C D
79. It is imperative finish all the practice tests by next week since our teacher will give marks for
them. A B C D
80. He is a real coward because of his anxiety encountering with problems.
A B C D
81. Look at those dark clouds, it is possibly to rain.
A B C D
82. In this project, your responsibility is search for information about environmental pollution as
much as possible. A B C D
83.Lan is looking forward to return to her country after finishing four-year university in America.
A B C D
84. They were entirely confident that everything will go as planned.
A B C D
85. Having goal to crowned champion, they had practiced ceaselessly and they succeeded.
A B C D
86. In the peak season, you are advisable booking your accommodation in advance.
A B C D
87. It is necessary for you to clean the floor as our mother has done it already.
A B C D
88. We only have 5 minutes left, Peter. There's no need dressing up.
A B C D
89. Unless you keep a map, you're sure get lost in the city.
A B C D
90. This adventure game is not suitable for children not to play because they're too small.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 023
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 9 1 . “ Wh a t d o ê s y o u r y o u ng ê r s is tê r l o o k l ikê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. She likes a secondary student. B. My sister is a university student.
C. She's very kind and hard working. D. She's tall and thin with long hair.
9 2 . “ C o u l d I l ê a v ê a m ê s s a g ê f o r y o u r m a na g ê r ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Sure. B. Of course not. C. He's busy now. D. He's off work today.
9 3 . “ H o w o ftê n d o y o u h a v ê y o u r tê ê th ch ê ck ê d ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Two months. B. Not much. C. Rarely. D. They're checked carefully.
9 4 . " M a ny h a p p y r ê tu r ns ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Wish you all the best. B. Thanks. C. Same to you. D. Not at all.
9 5 . “ H o w l o ng h a v ê y o u l ê a r nt J a p a nê s ê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. For 2005. B. I learnt it at my university. C. Since I was 10. D. It lasted 3 months.
9 6 . " I s it g o in g to r a in t o m o r r o w ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I think not. B. I bet. C. Just a moment. D. I don't hope so.
97. "You look very pretty in this dress." – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It's so nice of you to say that. B. Yes, it is fairly expensive.
C. I see what you mean. D. Thanks for your wish.
9 8 . “ H u y h a s n' t fin is h ê d h is a s s ig nm ê nt , h a s h ê ? " – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, he has. He hasn't finished it yet. B. Yes, he hasn't. He's too lazy.
C. No, he has in spite of being a good student. D. No, he hasn't because of his illness.
9 9 . “ Wh ê n w il l o u r f a cto r y b ê ê x p a nd ê d ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It was expanded in 1996. B. It depends on our director's decision.
C. I didn't hear about it. D. That's good news.
1 0 0 . “ Y o u ' r ê l a tê a g a in , P ê t ê r . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It's none of your business. B. Only 5 minutes left.
C. I'm sorry. My car was broken this morning. D. I expect not to be fired.
1 0 1 . “ I 'm m ê ê ti ng s o m ê f r iê nd s f o r a m ê a l in to w n t o m o r r o w . F a ncy j o in in g u s ? ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That's fine. B. What's the time now?
C. I am not sure. What time? D. Fine. I won't!
1 0 2 . " C a n yo u g ivê m ê s o m ê in fo r m a ti o n a b o u t th ê cit y ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Great. Thanks very much. B. No. I'm afraid not.
C. I can't help doing it. D. Certainly.
1 0 3 . “ E x cu s ê m ê . I h a v ê a r ê s ê r v a ti o n fo r to ni g h t.” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Just a moment, please, while I check. B. I liked that one, too.
C. Wonderful! I'd like to hear some of your ideas. D. What's up?
104. "Don't forget. Wê a r ê in v it ê d o u t t o d in nê r to ni g h t.” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Oh, I almost forgot. B. It's so unforgettable. C. OK, I'll try it first. D. I remember you.
105. Dr. Jonas can see you next Thursday. Do you prefer morning or afternoon?
A. That would be fine. B. Morning is best for me.
C. I am looking forward to seeing you. D. Thank you very much.
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Would you like to learn to rock climb? Or spend time working at an animal sanctuary? That's
(106)________ Andrea Black and Jenny Smith are doing as part of their Duke of Edinburgh Award
programme. The award encourages young people to do (107)________ cultural, social and adventure
activities in their (108)________ time. The Queen's husband, the Duke of Edinburgh, started the
award in 1956. He started it (109)________ he wanted young people to learn to help themselves and
other people.
The award is for people aged 14-25, and there are three levels: Bronze, for those aged 14 or
over, Silver for over 15s, and Gold for over 16s. You have to complete four activities to (110)________
the award:
– go on an (111)________ (e.g. hiking, kayaking or climbing)
– learn a new practical or social skill (anything from painting to podcasting!) MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 024
– take (112)________ a physical challenge (e.g. learn or improve at a sport)
– do (113)________ work helping people or the environment (e.g. work with disabled or elderly
people, or (114)________ money for a charity).
Young people usually do the award at a Duke of Edinburgh club at their school or at a local
(115)________ group. They (116)________ what they are going to do, and write a plan. It usually takes
(117)________ one and three years to finish an award.
106. A. what B. why C. which D. when
107. A. excited B. exciting C. excitement D. excite
108. A. idle B. journey C. waiting D. free
109. A. therefore B. but C. because D. if
110. A. compete B. accept C. realize D. achieve
111. A. expenditure B. expense C. expedition D. expect
112. A. on B. in C. away D. after
113. A. volunteer B. voluntary C. volunteering D. volunteered
114. A. lift B. increase C. raise D. advance
115. A. youth B. young C. immature D. immaturity
116. A. decide B. are deciding C. decided D. had decided
117. A. from B. in C. during D. between
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
The skills needed to succeed in college are very different from those required in high school.
In addition to study skills that may be new to students, there will also be everyday living skills that
students may not have had to use before.
Students should:
– know how to handle everyday living skills such as doing laundry, paying bills, balancing a
checkbook, cooking, getting the oil changed in the car, etc.
– be familiar and compliant with medical needs concerning medication and health problems. If
ongoing medical and/or psychological treatment is needed, arrangements should be made in
advance to continue that care while the student is away at college.
– understand that the environmental, academic, and social structure provided by parents and
teachers will not be in place in college. With this lack of structure comes an increased need for
responsibility in decision-making and goal-setting.
– know how to interact appropriately with instructors, college staff, roommates, and peers.
Appropriate social interaction and communication are essential at the college level of education.
– be comfortable asking for help when needed. The transition from high school to college can be
overwhelming socially and academically. Students should know when they need help and should
be able to reach out and ask for that help.
118. According to the writer, if students want to have medical treatment, they should________.
A. be away B. be familiar with medical needs
C. make arrangements D. meet their parents
1 1 9 . T h ê w o r d “ ongoing" is closest in meaning to________.
A. continuing B. short-term C. brief D. little
120. College students should be aware that________.
A. everything in college will be different B. parents and teachers are not in college
C. structures must be provided by parents D. structures must be provided by teachers
121. Which of the following is NOT true about college life?
A. It is essential to have good communication skills.
B. Students must be responsible for their own decisions.
C. Students should know some living skills. D. Students should not ask for help.
1 2 2 . T h ê w o r d “ overwhelming ” is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. simple B. confusing C. manageable D. easy
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
ARE TRADITIONAL WAYS OF LEARNING THE BEST?
Rê a d a b o u t s o m ê a l tê r na ti v ê s ch o o l s o f th o u g h t … MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 025
One school in Hampshire, UK, offers 24-hour teaching. The children can decide when or if
they come to school. The school is open from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m., for 364 days a year and provides
online teaching throughout the night. The idea is that pupils don't have to come to school and they
can decide when they want to study. Cheryl H ê r o n, th ê h ê a d tê a ch ê r , s a id “ S o m ê s tu d ê nt s l ê a r n
b ê tt ê r a t ni g h t. S o m ê s tu d ê nt s l ê a r n b ê tt ê r in th ê m o r n in g . ” C h ê r y l b ê l iê v ê s th a t if ch il d r ê n a r ê b o r ê d , th ê y w il l n o t c o m ê to s ch o o l . “ W h y m u s t t ê a ch in g o nl y b ê co nd u ctê d in a cl a s s r o o m ? Y o u c a n teach a c h il d w it h o u t h im ê v ê r co m i ng to s ch o o l . ”
Steiner schools encourage creativity and free thinking so children can study art, music and
g a r d ê ni ng a s w ê l l a s s ciê ncê a nd h is to r y . T h ê y d o n’t h a v ê to l ê a r n to r ê a d a nd w r it ê a t a n ê a r l y a g ê . At some Steiner scho o l s th ê tê a ch ê r s ca n’t u s ê tê x tb o o k s . T h ê y ta l k to th ê ch il d r ê n, w h o l ê a r n b y listening. Every morning the children have to go to special music and movement classes called
“ ê u r h y th m y ” , w h ic h h ê l p th ê m l ê a r n to c o ncê nt r a tê . V ê r y y o u ng ch il d r ê n l ê a r n fo r ê ig n languages
through music and song. Another difference from traditional schools is that at Steiner schools you
don't have to do any tests or exams.
A child learning music with the Suzuki method has to start as young as possible. Even two-
year-old children can learn to play difficult pieces of classical music, often on the violin. They do
this by watching and listening. They learn by copying, just like they learn their mother tongue. The
ch il d h a s to j o in in , b u t d o ê s n' t h a v ê to g ê t it r i g h t. “ T h ê y s o o n l ê a r n that they mustn't stop every
ti m ê th ê y m a k ê a m is ta k ê . T h ê y j u s t ca r r y o n, ” s a id o nê S u z u k i tr a in ê r . T h ê ch il d r ê n h a v ê to p r a ct is ê fo r h o u r s ê v ê r y d a y a nd th ê y g ivê p ê r fo r m a ncê s o ncê a w ê ê k , s o th ê y l ê a r n q u ick l y . “ T h ê p a r ê nt s must be involved to o , ” s a id th ê tr a in ê r , “ o r it j u s t d o ê s n' t w o r k . ”
123. Which of the following is NOT true about 24-hour teaching?
A. Students can come to school from 7 a.m. to 10 p.m.
B. Students can study online at night. C. Students can choose the time to study.
D. Some students need to study in the morning and some need to study at night.
124. According to Cheryl Heron, teaching________.
A. should happen throughout the night B. is not necessarily carried out in class
C. is for children who will not come to school D. must be around the year
125. Steiner schools don't________.
A. encourage children's creativity and free thinking
B. allow teachers to teach things out of textbooks
C. teach reading and writing to young children D. teach music to children
126. Which of the following is TRUE about Steiner schools?
A. They are different from traditional schools.
B. Young children are not taught foreign languages.
C. Students must concentrate on music. D. Students have to do exams and tests.
127. Which of the following is the most suitable title for the third paragraph?
A. Traditional ways of teaching B. 24-hour teaching
C. Learn by listening D. Starting young
128. Students learning music with Suzuki method________.
A. must learn difficult music . B. like to learn their mother tongue
C. stop when they make mistakes D. start at an early age
1 2 9 . T h ê w o r d “ this ” in p a r a g r a p h 3 r ê fê r s to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. starting as young as possible B. the violin
C. playing difficult pieces of music D. learning their mother tongue
130. T h ê w o r d “ involved ” in p a r a g r a p h 3 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. engaged B. encouraging C. accepting D. rejecting
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. I am looking forward to seeing you.
A. I don't have time to see you. B. I will try to find some time to see you.
C. I should find some time to see you. D. I am expecting to see you.
132. I haven't got used to Indian food although I have lived here for three months. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 026
A. I still find it strange to eat Indian food though I have lived here for three months.
B. Eating Indian food is one of the habits when I lived in Indian three months ago.
C. Because I still live in India, I find Indian food strange to eat.
D. I have to eat Indian food to get used to eat as I have to live in India.
1 3 3 . “ Don't touch the hot cooker," my mother said.
A. My mother promised me to touch the hot cooker.
B. My mother warned me not to touch the hot cooker.
C. My mother suggested me not touching the hot cooker.
D. My mother reminded me of touching the hot cooker.
134. Stop giving me a hard time, I could not do anything about it.
A. Don't make me feel guilty because I couldn't do anything about it.
B. I could not do anything about it because I am going through a hard time.
C. Going through a hard time doesn't help me do anything about it.
D. I couldn't do anything about it so I would stop.
135. I hope you stay in touch with me even when you are back to the U.S.A.
A. I want you to stay with me and not to come back to the U.S.A.
B. I hope to meet you in the U.S.A. C. I want us to be connected even if you are in the U.S.A.
D. I want to stay close to you so I will come to the U.S.A.
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. Tom reviewed the lessons carefully. He could finish the test very well.
A. Tom reviewed the lessons carefully whereas he could finish the test very well.
B. Tom reviewed the lessons carefully; therefore he could finish the test very well.
C. If Tom reviewed the lessons carefully, he could finish the test very well.
D. Although Tom reviewed the lessons carefully, he could finish the test very well.
137. There are many things I have to do before going home. Cleaning, packing and saying goodbye to
you are some.
A. If I can do anything before going home, I will do the cleaning, packing and say goodbye to you.
B. Although I want to do many things before going home, I have done cleaning, packing and
said goodbye to you.
C. There are many things I have to do before going home including cleaning, packing and
saying goodbye to you.
D. Cleaning, packing and saying goodbye to you are everything I have to do before going home.
138. The room became hotter and hotter. I had to take off my sweater.
A. Unless the room became hotter and hotter, I had to take off my sweater.
B. Although the room became hotter and hotter, I had to take off my sweater.
C. The room became hotter and hotter but I had to take off my sweater.
D. The room became hotter and hotter so I had to take off my sweater.
139. He worked the whole night last night. His eyes are red now.
A. If he didn't work the whole night, his eyes wouldn't be red now.
B. Unless he worked the whole night last night, his eyes were red now.
C. If he hadn't worked the whole night last night, his eyes wouldn't be red now.
D. He worked the whole night last night otherwise his eyes were red now.
140. It might be my opinion. My mother is the best cook in the world.
A. People said that my mother is the best cook in the world.
B. In my opinion, my mother is the best cook in the world.
C. My mother is believed to be the best cook in the world.
D. I am not so sure about the fact that my mother is the best cook in the world.
______________THE END_______________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 027
UNIT 4. CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED
I. VOCABULARY:
01. access /'ækses/ v Ti ếp c ận
02. accessible /æk'ses əbl/ a C o ́ thê ̉ ti ếp c ận
03. barrier /'bæri ə/ n R a ̀ o c a ̉ n
04. blind /blaind/ a Mu ̀
05. campaign /kæm'pein/ n C h iê ́ n dịc h
06. care /ke ə/ n/v C h a m s o ́ c
07. charity / ' t ∫æ r it i/ n Tư ̀ thiê ̣ n
08. cognitive /'k ɔgn ətiv/ a N h a ̣ m c h ư ́ c
09. community /k ə'mju:niti/ n C o ̣ ng đo ̀ ng
10. coordination /k ә ʊ ɔ : di' nê i∫n/ n Hơ ̣ p ta ́ c
11. deaf /def/ a Điê ́ c
12. disability /dis ə'biliti/ n S ư ̣ ta ̀ n t a ̣ t
13. disabled /dis'eibld/ a/n Ta ̀ n t a ̣ t
14. discrimination / dis k r imi' nê i∫ n/ n Kì thị , ph a n b iê ̣ t
15. disrespectful /disris'pektf əl/ a Th iê ́ u to n t r o ̣ ng
16. donate /d ә ʊ'neit/ v Q u y ê n, t a ̣ ng
17. dumb /d mb/ a Câm
18. fracture / ' f r æ k t ∫ ə/ n/v Ga ̃ y ( xư ơ ng )
19. fund /f ʌnd/ n/v ( c a ́ p) q u y ̃
20. healthcare / ’h ê l θ k ê ə(r)/ n C h a m s o ́ c y t ê ́
21. hearing /'hi ə r iη/ a Th ính g ia ́ c
22. humanitarian /hju:mæni'te əri ən/ n N h a n đa ̣ o
23. impaired /im'pe əd/ a Ho ̉ ng , y ê ́ u
24. impairment /im'pe əm ənt/ n S ư ̣ h o ̉ ng , y ê ́ u
25. independent /indi'pend ənt/ n Đo ̣ c l a ̣ p
26. integrate / ’int ig r ê it/ v Ho ̀ a nh a ̣ p
27. involve /in'v ɔlv/ v Liên quan
28. mobility /m ә ʊ'biliti/ n Lư u đo ̣ ng
29. physical /'fizikl/ a Th ê ̉ c h a ́ t
30. right /rait/ n Q u y ê ̀ n l ơ ̣ i
31. solution /s ə ' l u : ∫n/ n Gia ̉ i ph a ́ p
32. suffer /'s ʌf ər/ v Đa u k h o ̉
33. support /s ə'p ɔ:t/ v/n Tr ơ ̣ g iu ́ p, h o ̃ t r ơ ̣
34. talent /'tæl ənt/ n Ta ̀ i na ng
35. treat /tri:t/ v Điê ̀ u tr ị, c ư xư ̉
36. unite /j ʊ:'nait/ v Đo a ̀ n k ê ́ t
37. visual / ' v i∫ ʊ əl/ a Th u o ̣ c thị g ia ́ c
38. volunteer /v ɔl ən'ti ər/ n/v Tìn h ng u y ê ̣ n
39. wheelchair / ' w i: l t ∫ê ə/ n X ê l ă n
II. PRONUNCIATION: Stresses on words with more than two syllables
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Comparison of The simple Past – The Present Perfect (review)
2. The Tenses (review)
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 4. CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. deafening B. frightening C. happening D. threatening
02. A. secondary B. complimentary C. vocabulary D. supplementary MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 028
03. A. idiot B. idea C. idol D. ideal
04. A. police B. policy C. polite D. pollute
05. A. preferable B. preference C. preferably D. preferential
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of the primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. disrespectful B. independent C. physically D. understanding
07. A. donate B. impair C. mental D. support
08. A. campaign B. hearing C. slogan D. talent
09. A. community B. energetic C. enthusiast D. participate
10. A. cognitive B. volunteer C. medical D. physical
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. The Braille alphabet has been one of the greatest________ in human history.
A. invention B. inventions C. inventors D. inventive
12. Everyone can help the needy by making a________ to a charity organisation.
A. donate B. donation C. donor D. donating
13. We couldn't hear anything because of the________ noise of the drums the next-door neighbours
were playing. A. deaf B. deafen C. deafening D. deafness
14. ________ believe that some of the happiest people in the world are those who help to bring
happiness to others. A. Voluntary B. Voluntarily C. Volunteer D. Volunteers
15. During summer holidays, university students are willing to take part in providing education for
children in remote and________ areas.
A. mountain B. mountainous C. mountaineer D. mountaineering
16. People with disabilities always need to be________ after.
A. asked B. cared C. looked D. taken
17. The lottery winner was willing to spend a considerable sum of money to________ to charity to
help those in need. A. give away B. give in C. give back D. give up
18. The volunteer team________ students with various visual, hearing, physical and cognitive
impairments every two months to give them both financial and spiritual support.
A. call back B. call off C. call on D. call out
19. If one wants to take part in volunteer organisations such as Green Summer Camp, Green
Saturday Movement, Blood Donor..., he/she will have to________ an application form.
A. fill in B. find out C. log on D. send off
20. An organisation for Educational Development co-operated with our school to________ free
English classes for the poor in the area.
A. put away B. put off C. set off D. set up
21. Children with cognitive impairments may have________ in learning basic skills like reading,
writing, or problem solving. A. ability B. determination C. difficulty D. refusal
22. After the visit to that special school, we________ friends with some students with reading disabilities.
A. acquainted B. had C. made D. realised
23. The Convention for the Rights of Persons with Disabilities came into 3rd May 2008.
A. action B. force C. truth D. reality
24. Elderly housebound patients are often those most in________ of pharmacy services.
A. case B. need C. time D. trouble
25. The Youth Union in our school has decided to launch a/an________ to raise funds for local charities.
A. activity B. announcement C. campaign D. decision
26. Many experts believe that noise is the main cause of approximately half of all cases of________ loss.
A. cognitive B. hearing C. mental D. visual
27. Allowing your child to get involved in________ activities at school is a wise choice to develop team-
working skills, people skills, and more.
A. academic B. entertaining C. extracurricular D. physical
28. ASL (American Sign Language), a language that is expressed through the hands and face and is
perceived through the eyes, is every useful for the________.
A. blind B. mentally disabled C. dump D. mentally retarded MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 029
29. A hearing aid or deaf aid is a device which is________ to improve hearing.
A. designed B. designation C. designing D. to design
30. The________ in that country are waiting for food aid from the UN.
A. handicapped B. hungry C. sick D. unemployed
31. He has not developed mentally as much as others at the same age. He's________.
A. mentally alert B. mentally ill C. mentally retarded D. mentally restricted
32. One aim of the International Day of Persons with Disabilities is to further________ awareness of
disability issues. A. raise B. rise C. increase D. pull
33. Traditionally, it was family members within the extended family who took________ for elderly care.
A. advantages B. care C. responsibility D. time
34. ________ children get sick four times as often as children in permanent homes and also suffer
from anxiety and depression at a higher rate than stably housed children.
A. Ill-educated B. Homeless C. Homely D. Weak
35. Talented students with a disability should be helped to become independent, ________ in the
society and achieve success at school.
A. contribute B. integrate C. involve D. socialise
36. Precisely when the first wheeled chairs were invented and used for________ persons is unknown.
A. disabled B. poor C. unhappy D. unemployed
37. Many students with visual impairments in regular schools cannot participate in school
activities, thereby being left________. A. again B. lonely C. behind D. over
38. Many people who took part in the fight________ illiteracy considered it an honourable job to help others.
A. against B. back C. for D. with
39. The aim of the LIVE project is to train students from developing________.
A. nations B. nationalists C. nationalities D. nationalism
40. Every donation, regardless of size, helps to rebuild communities that are hit by________ natural.
A. attacks B. damages C. disasters D. issues
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
41. Young college and university students participate in helping the poor who have suffered badly
in wars or natural disasters.
A. get involved in B. interfere with C. join hands D. come into
42. They give care and comfort to the disadvantaged and handicapped children and help them to
get over difficulties. A. accept B. face C. overcome D. take
43. At first, there was a lot of opposition from the parents of the disabled children as they were not
under the impression that their children could learn anything at all.
A. didn't believe B. didn't report C. didn't declare D. didn't support
44. Every year, the United Nations set up an activity to call for world-wide support for the rights
and well-being of disabled people.
A. apply for B. ask for C. care for D. persist in
45. That homeless child would have died if we hadn't been able to find a suitable blood donor.
A. giver B. maker C. taker D. sender
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Sadly, many non-disabled people have negative attitudes toward children with cognitive
impairments in developing countries.
A. helpless B. disappointing C. pessimistic D. positive
47. Little Mary had a disadvantaged childhood with little education and money.
A. difficult B. poor C. prosperous D. starving
48. According to WHO, many disabled people still face challenges, discrimination, poverty, and
limited access to education, employment, and healthcare.
A. controlled B. inadequate C. short D. unrestricted
49. The theme of the upcoming conference is to remove barriers to create an inclusive and
accessible society for all.
A. abolish B. stick to C. get rid of D. keep MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 030
50. Most of these children come from large and poor families, which prevent them from having
proper schooling. A. convenient B. desired C. inappropriate D. useful
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. Last Sunday, the Youth Union________ a campaign to help students with disabilities.
A. has launched B. launched C. was launched D. was launching
52. Recently, a gang of enterprising New Zealanders________ an incredible scheme to raise awareness
of depression and mental health issues.
A. has introduced B. had introduced C. introduced D. was introduced
53. Last Sunday, Texas-based game-fans The Speed Gamers________ in a charity activity to donate
money to relief organisations.
A. have participated B. participated C. had participated D. were participating
54. The Real Life Super Hero Project is a gathering of men and women who________ forces to better
their community. A. have joined B. are joining C. will join D. are joined
55. The famous physicist Albert Einstein________ for a $1 to $5 donation before scribbling his name
on a piece of parchment, and________ every cent to various charities.
A. asked/donated B. had asked/donated C. has asked/donated D. asked/donating
56. Former special education teacher Ashman, 74, ________ involved in fundraising 20 years ago.
A. got B. has got C. had got D. has been getting
57. When his mum________ , he________ that, as well as enjoying doing it, he________ to give something
back to the Dorothy House Hospice Care.
A had died decided/has wanted B. died/has decided/has wanted
C. died/decided/wanted D. died/decided/had wanted
58. This year, so far, we________ £ 16,000 and are still counting.
A. are raising B. have been raised C. have raised D. raised
59. Hughes, 26, a sports therapist, ________ 53 marathons in 53 days in 53 different UK cities.
A. completed B. had completed C. would complete D. was complete
60. My plan________ to raise awareness, especially for young people, of the importance of keeping fit
for the past two months. A. are B. has been C. have been D. was
61. I'm a keen golfer and I________ three golfing days that________ £6,000, £8,000 and £5,000 last year.
A. organised/raised B. were organising/raised
C. have organised/raised D. organised/have raised
62. I________ to help students at a special school twice since I finished grade 11.
A. have volunteered B. had volunteered C. was volunteering D. volunteered
63. It is now over seventy years since Lindbergh________ across the Atlantic.
A. has been flying B. flew C. had flown D. has flown
64. Since every penny of the grant________ spent on equipment, we started looking for volunteers to
do the cleaning. A. had been B. would have been C. have been D. was
65. - When will Mary be able to leave hospital?
- Don't be so impatient. We cannot release her before we________ the last test.
A. have completed B. will have completed C. will complete D. completed
66. You should try to follow the lecture without asking questions unless you________ something
important.
A. would miss B. will miss C. had missed D. have missed
67. Although at that time my knowledge of German was very poor, I________ most of what they said
about how to help people with mental disorders.
A. understood B. have understood C. had understood D. didn't understand
68. One thing should be made quite clear: there can't be any last-minute changes once the
programme ________ approved by all the people involved.
A. will be B. will have been C. has been D. had been
69. Although he was on the whole very suspicious of the project, Mr. Adams________ to cooperate.
A. didn't promise B. promised C. has promised D. hasn't promised
70. Even though Lady Sarah was totally opposed to the project, she________ that it would increase
job opportunities for the local people. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 031
A. had agreed B. agreed C. was agreed D. would agree.
71. When he________ ten years old. Louis Braille________ the National Institute for the Blind in Paris.
A. was/entered B. was/was entering C. was/was entered D. was/would enter
7 2 . " H o w m a ny a id p a ck a g ê s _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ s o f a r ?” - " T ê n” .
A. do you prepare B. did you prepare C. have you prepared D. had you prepared
73. In over ten years, he________ more than 100 bicycles to needy students in Central Viet Nam.
A. gave B. has given C. has been given D. has been giving
74. Tan________ the idea of giving sweaters and warm clothes to the poor just a couple of weeks ago,
shortly after the beginning of the rainy season.
A. came up with B. comes up with C. has come up with D. was coming up with
75. In the past, health care in some rural areas of this country________ by only a small number of
doctors and nurses. A. is provided B. provided C. provides D. was provided
76. Never________ more people________ in charity work than now.
A. do/participate B. did/participate C. have/participated D. had/participated
77. Neither Phillips nor his brothers________ to school because their father teaches them at home.
A. have never been B. has ever been C. have ever been D. ever went
78. Not until we the school for children with disabilities________ how they overcome difficulties.
A. had visited/did we know B. visited/had we known
C. visited/did we know D. have visited/did we know
79. The boy________ across the narrow canal in ten minutes to find himself out of danger.
A. swum B. was swum C. swam D. had swam
80. A group of young Vietnamese in the north-central province of Nghe An________ a free bread box
dedicated to poor blue-collar workers.
A. have set up B. sets up C. had set up D. have been setting up
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. The annual increase in the world's population has peaked at about 88 million in the late 1980s.
A B C D
82. Overpopulation is one of the main factors that leads to poor, illiteracy, and social evils.
A B C D
83. The teacher said that about 10 children need special help in reading skills.
A B C D
84. Youth Newspaper lately donated book collections to two mountainous schools in northern Viet Nam.
A B C D
85. Vina Capital Foundation's Heartbeat Viet Nam has performed 5,000 free heart surgery for kids
across the country for the last ten years. A B C D
86. A Hoi An-based charity organisation gave free milk to poor, ailing, and disabled children in the
central province of Quang Nam on last Wednesday. A B C
D
87. Although Marie Curie had very little money to live on, but she went to Paris to realise her dream
of a scientific career. A B C D
88. Albert Einstein, the father of modern physics, could not read until he was eight, but that hasn't
stopped him from becoming one of the greatest scientists of our time. A B C D
89. In Thomas Edison's early life, he has been thought to have a learning disability and he could not
read till he was twelve. A B C D
90. Beethoven is the greatest German composer and musician who is deaf in the later part of his life.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
91. - " S h a l l w ê j o in th ê G r ê ê n S u m m ê r C a m p a ft ê r th ê s ê m ê s t ê r f in is h ê s ?” - “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That's a great idea! B. They're very good! C. Not at all! D. No, let's!
9 2 . “ T h a nks f o r y our support for our campaign!" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I don't bother. B. That'll be fine for me. C. It's my pleasure. D. That's a nuisance.
93. "Why don't we send them some textbooks, newspapers and picture books?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 032
A. Great idea! What meaningful gifts! B. No, they are not available.
C. We're sorry to hear this. D. You should agree with us.
9 4 . “ A s f a r a s I k no w , d o in g c h a r it y w o r k is a r ê a l l y h ê l p f u l th in g f o r ê v ê r y o nê in th ê s o ciê ty. " –
“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That sounds great. B. I couldn't agree with you more.
C. I'll take part in this campaign. D. That's fine for me.
95 "If I were you, I would collect this waste paper for a charity activity at school." – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I guess I should. B. It doesn't matter. C. I don't agree. D. It's a waste of money
96. "Guess what? I've been recruited to be a member of Green Dream Volunteer Group." –
“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Good luck next time! B. It doesn't make sense to me.
C. That's the least thing I could do for you. D. That's great! Congratulations!
97. "Mom, may I go away to Quang Binh at the weekends to help the unlucky people there?" –
“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Never mind. Your first priority is to study. B. No way, you've run out of time.
C. No, of course, I won't. D. Yes, of course. That's a good thing to do.
98. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” - “ N o , th a t w o u l d b ê f in ê . "
A. Are you writing your essay on how to help the disabled?
B. Could you allow me to read your essay on how to help the disabled?
C. Do you mind if I have a look at your essay on how to help the disabled?
D. Would you correct your essay on how to help the disabled?
9 9 . “ O h , t h is s u it ca s ê is r ê a l l y h ê a v y , a nd m y b a c k is k il l in g m ê ! " – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I sometimes have a backache. B. Oh, thanks for your help.
C. It's very good of you to do that. D. Shall I carry it for you?
1 0 0 . “ L ê t' s j o in h a nd s to h ê l p th ê l o nê l y ê l d ê r l y in o u r nê ig h b o u r h o o d ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. By all means, we can't. B. It's true for now.
C. You're welcome! D. Yes, let's plan on it.
101. "What a charitable deed you have, Mary!" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I don't like your sayings. B. It's nice of you to say so.
C. You are a liar. D. Thank you very much, I'm afraid.
102." Can you tell me the way to Hoa Binh Orphanage?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It's about two kilometres. B. It opens at nine o'clock.
C. Go straight and turn to the first left. D. You can walk or go there by taxi.
1 0 3 . " C a n s tu d ê nt s f r o m o th ê r s ch o o l s j o in “ S p ê cia l C h r is tm a s G ifts ” ca m p a ig n, M a r ia ?" –
“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Great idea! What a meaningful gift! B. Oh, how can they lend us a hand?
C. It is very kind of you to say so. D. Sure, a few other schools have already joined us.
104. "How often do you visit the nursing home for the elderly?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Every two weeks. B. From that bus stop over there.
C. Much often. D. Twice or three times.
105. "Would you mind helping me with the heavy boxes?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. My Gosh! B. Not at all. C. What a pity! D. Yes, I would
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Humanitarian Dorothea Dix was born in Hampden, Maine, in 1802. At the age of 19, she
established a school for girls, the Dix Mansion School, in Boston, but had to close it in 1835 due to
her poor health. She wrote and published the first of many books for children in 1824. In 1841, Dix
accepted an invitation to teach classes at a prison in East Cambridge, Massachusetts. She was deeply
disturbed by the sight of mentally-ill persons thrown in the jail and treated like criminals. For the
next eighteen months, she toured Massachusetts institutions where other mental patients were
confined and reported the shocking conditions she found to the state legislature. When
improvements followed in Massachusetts, she turned her attention to the neighbouring states and
then to the West and South. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 033
Dix's work was interrupted by the Civil War; she served as superintendent of women
hospital nurses for the federal government.
Dix saw special hospitals for the mentally-ill built in some fifteen states. Although her plan
to obtain public land for her cause failed, she aroused concern for the problem of mental illnesses
all over the United States as well as in Canada and Europe.
Dix's success was due to her independent and thorough research, her gentle but persistent
manner, and her ability to secure the help of powerful and wealthy supporters.
106. In what year was the Dix Mansion School closed?
A. 1802 B. 1824 C. 1835 D. 1841
107. Why did Dorothea Dix first go to a prison?
A. She was convicted of a crime. B. She taught classes there.
C. She was sent there by the state legislature. D. She was doing research for a book.
108. Where was Dorothea Dix first able to bring about reforms in the treatment of the mentally-ill?
A. Canada B. Europe C. Massachusetts D. The West and the South
109. The word "confined" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to_______.
A. restricted B. treated C. cared for D. supported
110. Dorothea Dix was NOT successful in her attempt to_______.
A. arouse concern for the mentally-ill B. become superintendent of nurses
C. obtain public lands D. publish books for children
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
All over the country, young people are entering a world of homelessness and poverty,
according to a recent report by the housing group, Shelter.
Nearly 150,000 young people aged between sixteen and twenty-five will become homeless
this year, says Shelter. Some of the young homeless may sleep out in the open in such places as the
" ca r d b o a r d cit y ” in L o nd o n, w h ê r ê p ê o p l ê o f a l l a g ê s s l ê ê p in th ê o p ê n a ir in t h ê ir o n l y h o m ê s -
cardboard boxes. Others may find accommodation in shelters run by voluntary organisations or
get a place in a hostel, which gives them board up to ten weeks.
But who are these people? Those who are seeking a roof over their heads are mostly not
r u na w a y s b u t “ th r o w a ways" - people who have been thrown out of their homes or forced to leave
because of parental divorce, an unsympathetic step-parent or one of many other reasons.
Take the case of one sixteen-year-old schoolgirl, Alice. She did not come from a poor home
and had just passed her exams with good results. The Shelter team met her in a hostel where she
was doing her physics homework. Her parents had thrown her out of her home for no other reason
that she wanted to do Science Advanced Level Exams - which her parents refused her permission
to do, saying that studying sciences was unladylike!
Shelter says that the government's laws do nothing to help these youngsters. Rising rents,
the shortage of cheap housing and the cut in benefits for young people under the age of twenty-five
are causing a national problem, according to Shelter. The recent changes in the benefit laws mean
that someone aged between sixteen and twenty-five gets less than older people and they can only
claim state help if they prove that they left home for a good reason.
Shelter believes that because of the major cuts in benefits to young people, more and more
are being forced to sleep on the streets. Shelter also points out that if you are homeless, you can't
get a job because employers will not hire someone without a permanent address; and if you can't
get a job, you are homeless because you don't have any money to pay for accommodation. It's an
impossible situation.
111. According to a recent report by Shelter, it appears that_______.
A. hostels are too full to offer accommodation to homeless young people
B. more and more young people all over the world are finding themselves homeless
C. nearly 150,000 young people live out in the open
D. young homeless people live in places like "cardboard city ”
1 1 2 . T h ê w o r d “ Others ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 r ê fê r s to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. people of all ages B. young people C. the young homeless D. voluntary organisations
113. Most young people become homeless because_______.
A. circumstances make it impossible for them to live at home MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 034
B. they do not want to live with a divorced parent C. they have run away from home
D. they have thrown away any chances of living at home by behaving badly
114. Why was Alice turned out of her home?
A. Her parents didn't agree with what she wanted to do.
B. She didn't want to study for her Advanced Level Exams.
C. She had not obtained high marks in her exams.
D. She refused to do her homework in the evening.
1 1 5 . A cco r d in g t o th ê p a s s a g ê , “ benefits" are_______.
A. extra wages for part-time workers B. gifts of food and clothing
C. laws about distributing money D. subsidies for those in need
116. The changes in the system of benefits mean that_______.
A. anyone under twenty-five and not living at home will receive help with food and
accommodation
B. the under twenty-fives can claim money only if they have left home
C. young people do not receive as much money as those over twenty-five
D. young people cannot claim money unless they are under sixteen or over twenty-five
117. According to Shelter, once young people have been forced onto the streets, _______.
A. their benefits will be severely cut B. they will find it difficult to find work
C. they will never go back home again D. they will encourage their friends to do the same
118. The word "permanent" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to_______.
A. flexible B. obvious C. stable D. simple
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN (1770-1827)
Beethoven is widely regarded as one of the greatest composers in history. He gave his first
public (119)_______ as a pianist when he was only 8 years old. He studied in Vienna (120)_______ the
guidance of Mozart. By his mid-twenties he (121)_______ a name for himself as a great pianist known for
unpredictable and brilliant improvisations. In 1796, Beethoven began losing his hearing. (122)_______
his illness, he involved himself in his work and (123)_______ some of the greatest works of music.
Beethoven's finest works are also the finest works of their kind in music history: the 9th Symphony, the
5th Piano Concerto, the Violin Concerto, the Late Quartets, and his Missa Solemnis. And be achieved all
these despite being completely (124)_______ for the last 25 he years or so of his life.
119. A. perform B. performance C. performing D. performer
120. A. on B. for C. behind D. under
121. A. had earned B. earned C. has earned D. was earning
122. A. In case of B. Instead of C. In order to D. In spite of
123. A. did B. created C. painted D. learned
124. A. deaf B. mute C. blind D. sick
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
THANKS A MILLION
Percy Ross was born in 1916 in Michigan. His parents has come to the USA from Latvia and
Russia and the family were poor. But Percy soon showed a talent (125)_______ business and made a
fortune in the fur trade and auction business. Then disaster struck and he (126)_______ all his money.
But he soon made a fortune again - this time by (127)_______ plastic bags. In 1969, he sold his plastic
bag company for millions of dollars.
Ross started giving away in 1977: he gave $50,000 to 50 Vietnamese refugees so that they could
make a new home in the USA. (128)_______ he held a Christmas party for 1,050 poor children in the
American town of Minneapolis. Ross bought a bike for every one of the 1,050 children at the party.
After these first experiences of giving money away, Ross decided to do it on a (129)_______
b a s i s . H ê s ta r tê d a nê w s p a p ê r co l u m n ca l l ê d ‘T h a nks a M il l io n’ , and later a radio show, in order to
give away his money. It took years, but Ross finally (130)_______ in giving away his entire fortune.
125. A. for B. of C. on D. with
126. A. threw B. wasted C. lost D. sent
127. A. manufacture B. manufacturing C. manufacturer D. manufactured MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 035
128. A. But B. Then C. Yet D. Though
129. A. frequent B. usual C. occasional D. regular
130. A. interested B. invested C. succeeded D. tried
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. "We'll give four million glasses of milk to thousands of disadvantaged children this year , ” a d a i r y giant in Ha Noi said.
A. A dairy giant in Ha Noi wanted to give four million glasses of milk to thousands of
disadvantaged children this year.
B. A dairy giant in Ha Noi suggested giving four million glasses of milk to thousands of
disadvantaged children that year.
C. A dairy giant in Ha Noi promised to give four million glasses of milk to thousands of
disadvantaged children that year.
D. A dairy giant in Ha Noi ordered to give four million glasses of milk to thousands of
disadvantaged children that year.
132. Hundreds of students in Can Tho crafted 800 paper lanterns for poor children in the last Mid-
Autumn Festival.
A. Both the students and poor children in Can Tho crafted 800 paper lanterns in the last Mid-
Autumn Festival.
B. 800 paper lanterns were crafted for poor children in the last Mid-Autumn Festival by
hundreds of students in Can Tho.
C. Hundreds of students in Can Tho had 800 paper lanterns made for poor children in the
last Mid-Autumn Festival.
D. Thanks to hundreds of students in Can Tho, poor children made 800 paper lanterns in the
last Mid-Autumn Festival.
133. Both disabled and non-disabled people can contribute to our community by doing voluntary work.
A. Doing voluntary work can make contribution to our community by both disabled and non-
disabled people.
B. Either disabled or non-disabled people can make voluntary contribution to our community.
C. Not only disabled people but also non-disabled ones can contribute to our community by
doing voluntary work.
D. With voluntary work, our community can contribute a lot thanks to both disabled and
non-disabled people.
134. Last week, a team of foreign volunteers launched a campaign to help students with disabilities.
A. Last week, a team of foreign volunteers set up a campaign for students with disabilities to join in.
B. Last week, students with disabilities volunteered to launch a campaign with the help of a
team of foreign volunteers.
C. Last week, both a team of foreign volunteers and students with disabilities launched a campaign.
D. Last week, a campaign was launched to help students with disabilities by a team of foreign volunteers.
135. Two European philanthropists have spent more than a year walking from their continent to Asia
to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam.
A. Funds were raised for needy children in Viet Nam by a one-year-walk from their continent
to Asia by two European philanthropists.
B. In order to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam, two European philanthropists have
spent more than a year walking from their continent to Asia.
C. Two European philanthropists have been walking from their continent to Asia for more
than a year because of needy children in Viet Nam.
D. Two European philanthropists walked from their continent to Asia more than a year ago
to raise funds for needy children in Viet Nam.
Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. The program about the campaign drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the
city. It was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 036
A. Although it was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night, the program about the
campaign only drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city.
B. The program about the campaign, which was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night,
drew the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city.
C. The program about the campaign not only drew the participation of 25 companies and
sponsors in the city but it was also broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night.
D. The program about the campaign was broadcast live on HTV9 channel last night in order
to draw the participation of 25 companies and sponsors in the city.
137. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation. This aims to construct
bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
A. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation to construct
bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
B. A Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University who has established a foundation
constructed bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
C. Bridges are constructed to facilitate travel in isolated communities by a Vietnamese ex-
student of Oxford University who has established a foundation.
D. If a Vietnamese ex-student of Oxford University has established a foundation, he will
construct bridges to facilitate travel in isolated communities.
138. A man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl. Her parents died in
a tragic waterway accident.
A. A man in Quang Nam whose parents died in a tragic waterway accident has launched a
solo effort to fundraise for a young girl.
B. A man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl whose parents
died in a tragic waterway accident.
C. In order to fundraise for a young girl, a man whose parents died in a tragic waterway
accident has launched a solo effort.
D. When a man in Quang Nam has launched a solo effort to fundraise for a young girl, her
parents died in a tragic waterway accident.
139. They wanted to provide clarity and publicity. Therefore, they listed all donors' names along with
their amount of contribution and their photos.
A. In order to list all donors' names along with their amount of contribution and their photos,
they wanted to provide clarity and publicity.
B. Only when they provided clarity and publicity did they list all donors' names along with
their amount of contribution and their photos.
C. They either provided clarity and publicity or listed all donors' names along with their
amount of contribution and their photos.
D. They provided clarity and publicity by listing all donors' names along with their amount
of contribution and their photos.
140. Niggli first visited Viet Nam in 1999. He has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged
Vietnamese children since then. A. Before visiting Viet Nam in 1999, Niggli has been a generous
sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children.
B. Niggli has been a generous sponsor of underprivileged Vietnamese children since his first
visit to Viet Nam in 1999.
C. Niggli first visited Viet Nam in 1999 when he has been a generous sponsor of
underprivileged Vietnamese children.
D. When he first visited Viet Nam in 1999, Niggli had been a generous sponsor of
underprivileged Vietnamese children.
_____________THE END______________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 037
UNIT 5. ASEAN
I. VOCABULARY:
01. assistance / ә ’si s t ә n s / n Tr ơ ̣ g iu ́ p
02. association / ә s ә ʊ s i’ ê i ʃn/ n Ho ̣ i, h iê ̣ p h o ̣ i
03. behavior / b i’h ê iv j әr/ n C ư xư ̉ , h a ̀ nh v i
04. bend / ’b ê nd/ v C u ́ i, g a ̣ p, u o ́ n
05. benefit / ’b ê nәf it / n Lơ ̣ i íc h
06. block /bl ɔk/ n Kh o ́ i
07. brochure /’b rә ʊʃ әr/ n S a ́ c h c h ỉ da ̃ n
08. charm /t ʃa:m/ n D u y ê n da ́ ng
09. charter /’t ʃa:t әr/ n Hiê ́ n c h ư ơ ng
10. constitution /k ɔ ns t i’tj ʊʃn/ n Hiê ́ n pha ́ p
11. delicate / ’dê l ik әt/ a Th a nh nha ̃
12. digest / da i’d ʒest/ v Tiê u h o ́ a
13. economic /i:k ә ’n ɔmik/ a Kinh t ê ́
14. economy / i: ’k ɔ nәmi/ n N ê ̀ n k inh t ê ́
15. elongated / ’i : ’l ɔ ŋgeitid/ a Th o n, da ̀ i
16. external /i k s ’ tз:nl/ a Bê n ng o a ̀ i
17. govern / ’g vn/ v C a ̀ m q u y ê ̀ n
18. graceful /’greisfl/ a D u y ê n da ́ ng
19. identity /a i’dent әti/ n Ba ̉ n s a ́ c
20. inner / ’in әr/ a Bên trong
21. infectious / in’f ê k ʃ әs/ a N h iê ̃ m
22. in accordance with /in ә’k ɔdns wi / ph P h u ̀ h ơ ̣ p vơ ́ i
23. interference /int ә ’f i әr әns/ n C a n t h i ê ̣ p
24. legal / ’li:gl/ a Hơ ̣ p ph a ́ p
25. maintain / mê in’ t ê in/ v D u y tr ì
26. motto / ’m ɔt ә ʊ/ n Kh a ̉ u h iê ̣ u
27. official /ә ’f i ʃl/ a C h ính t h ư ́ c
28. outer / ’a ʊt әr/ a Bê n ng o a ̀ i
29.
30.
principle
project
/’prins әpl/
/ ’pr ɔd ʒekt/
n
n/v
N g u y ê n t a ́ c
( l a ̣ p) D ư ̣ a ́ n
31. progress /pr ә ʊ ’g r ê s/ n/v Tiê ́ n b o ̣
32. quiz /quiz/ n/v Đo ́ , t h i đo ́
33. rank /ræ ŋk/ n/v ( xê ́ p) t h ư ́ , h a ̣ ng
34. stability /st ә ’b il әti/ n S ư ̣ o ̉ n định
35. theory /’ i әri/ n Ho ̣ c thu y ê ́ t
36. vision /’vi ʒn/ n Ta ̀ m nhìn
II. PRONUNCIATION: Stresses on words with more than two syllables
III. GRAMMAR: 1. Gerunds (review)
2. The Use State Verbs believe, know, think, remember, doubt, get, regret, realize, understand
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 5. BEING PART OF ASEAN
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. athlete B. capital C. talk D. talent
02. A. emblem B. member C. regret D. theme
03. A. August B. gerund C. purpose D. suggest
04. A. dream B. mean C. peace D. steady
05. A. consist B. disable C. suggest D. vision MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 038
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A. B. C. or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. assistance B. confident C. dynamic D. external
07. A. academic B. behaviour C. participate D. relationship
08. A. charter B. depict C. enter D. purchase
09. A. athlete B. continue C. principle D. regional
10. A. competition B. fundamental C. interference D. stability
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. The government's interference in the strike has been widely criticised.
A. disapproval B. intervention C. limitation D. postponement
12. The emblem of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations was designed basing on rice - the
most important crop for the Southeast Asian people.
A. banner B. logo C. motto D. slogan
13. The scholarship is renewed annually and may be stopped if the students have poor academic
records or bad behaviours.
A every day B. every month C. every week D. every year
14. In Thailand, it's against the law to litter on the pavement. If you are caught, you can be fined
up to $2000 Baht. A evil B. illegal C. immoral D. wrong
15 The beautiful sights in Sa Pa, Mui Ne and Ha Noi all contribute to the country's magic charm.
A. beauty B. fame C. image D. value
16. ASEAN organised different projects and activities to integrate its members.
A. combine B. interest C. separate D. upgrade
17. The major shortcoming of ASEAN as an organisation is the inability to go through many
declarations, agreements, and instruments that they have proliferated over the years.
A. advantage B. benefit C. drawback D. success
18. We have achieved considerable results in the economic field, such as high economic growth,
stability and significant poverty alleviation over the past few years.
A. achievement B. development C.prevention D. reduction
19. After the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1989, the 13th National Congress of the Communist
P a r ty o f V iê t Na m a d o p tê d a r ê s o l u ti o n t o h a v ê ‘m o r ê f r iê nd s a nd f ê w ê r ê nê m iê s '.
A. breakdown B. decrease C. establish D. increase
20. He had dominated racing this year with six victories in seven starts.
A. overexcited B. overreacted C. overwhelmed D. overshadowed
21. It's often hard to find the right time to approach someone about a delicate issue, as well as being
difficult to say the words you need to say.
A. sensitive B. significant C. unconscious D. unfamiliar
22. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, or ASEAN, was established on 8 August 1967 in Bangkok,
Thailand, with Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore and Thailand, joining hands initially.
A. basically B. firstly C. lastly D. officially
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
23. Our survey also found that 75 per cent of those quizzed knew three or more of their neighbours.
A. interviewed B. asked C. replied D. examined
24. Viet Nam and Laos will closely cooperate to strengthen the solidarity of ASEAN and enhance
the vital role of the group in regional security structure.
A. agreement B. cooperation C. separation D. fellowship
25. Her graceful performance of this traditional art form in the evening session was a real source
of pleasure. A. attractive B. effortless C. inelegant D. sophisticated
26. Viet Nam is famous for World Heritage Sites like Ha Long Bay and Hoi An Ancient Town.
A. honoured B. popular C. well-known D. unknown
27. The country's continued prosperity is dependent on the opportunities and achievements of all
its residents. A. poverty B. inflation C. insecurity D. Wealth MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 039
28. The colour white symbolises a lot of things, and one is that it represents purity and innocence.
A. cleanness B. immorality C. honesty D. guiltlessness
29. All countries are obliged to maintain stability and peace in the world, because instability brings
undesired effects.
A. certain B. foreseen C. negative D. positive
30. Many people afraid that the victory of US president-elect Donald Trump might affect stability
in Asia, more specifically in the ASEAN region.
A. failure B. insecurity C. poverty D. weakness
31. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits opened in Vientiane, Laos, late on Tuesday on the theme of
“ T u r n in g V is io n i nt o Rê a l it y f o r a Dynamic ASEAN Community".
A. energetic B. inactive C. innovative D. productive
32. Amanita argued that Indonesia would continue to play a role in maintaining peace and
promoting democratisation in ASEAN.
A. assisting B. lessening C. preserving D. upholding
33. Southeast Asian regionalism served to enable the member-states to focus primarily on their
domestic affairs. A. external B. internal C. local D. national
34. The Prince William made a brief working visit to Viet Nam from 17th - 18th November 2016,
attending the IWT Conference which was hosted in Ha Noi.
A. lasting B. public C. short D. secret
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
35. ASEAN includes ten member states, but may get bigger because other countries have applied
to join the_______. A. bloc B. group C. gang D. troop
36. The________ is a legal agreement among the ten ASEAN member states.
A. charter B. motto C. policy D. principle
37. The Japanese Government________ 20 scholarships for international students coming from
ASEAN member countries to study in Japan.
A. affords B. demands C. offers D. provides
38. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits will be________ at the National Convention Centre under the
Chairmanship of Lao PDR.
A. carried B. conducted C. held D. taken place
39. The ASEAN charter entered into________ after ten members signed it.
A. action B. force C. influence D. order
40. Each deputy should be________ for one ASEAN community council, supported by a team of
competent and able lawyers.
A. blamed B. capable C. in charge D. responsible
41. Vietnamese athletes compete regionally and internationally and________ high ranks in many sports.
A. hold B. keep C. mark D. score
42. Not all the winners will receive great prizes, but nobody leaves________.
A. blank-handed B. clear-handed C. empty-handed D. white-handed
43. I________ good about the race's outcome.
A. am B. feel C. look D. were
44. Do you________ they will win?
A. believe B. involve C. promise D. suggest
45. I think the teacher was________ with my speech.
A. appreciated B. involved C. measured D. satisfied
46. I still________ a lot of money on my student loans.
A. consist B. deserve C. involve D. owe
47. Lao PDR stands________ Lao People's Democratic Republic.
A. by B. for C. on D. with
48. ASEAN________ of ten Southeast Asian countries, namely: Brunei. Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos,
Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Viet Nam.
A. consists B. contains C. includes D. involves
49. The member states will act in accordance________ the law to set out in various ASEAN
instruments.
A. for B. of C. to D. with MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 040
50. The 28th and 29th ASEAN Summits will focus________ efforts to build the ASEAN Community.
A. at B. for C. in D. on
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A. B. C. or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. It is no use________ a girl that she doesn't need to lose any weight.
A. convince B. convincing C. to convince D. to convincing
52. I have much homework that I ought________.
A. do B. to doing C. doing D. to do
53. She did a funny little curtsy which Josh and Silver couldn't help________ at.
A. laugh B. laughing C. to laugh D. to laughing
54. We are looking forward________ out at the weekend.
A. go B. going C. to go D. to going
55. You should give up________ your sister.
A. being bullied B. bullied C. bullying D. to bully
56. She is used________ to loud music.
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. to listening
57. I'm in a difficult position. What do you advise me________?
A. do B. doing C. to do D. to doing
58. It's a nice day. Does anyone fancy________ for a walk?
A. having gone B. going C. to go D. went
59. I wish that dog would stop________. It's driving me mad.
A. bark B. barking C. being barked D. to bark
60. He never says anything that is worth________ to.
A. listen B. listening C. to listen D. to listening
61. Carol's parents always encouraged her________ hard at school.
A. being studied B. study C. studying D. to study
62. They promised________ me________ for the party.
A. to help prepare B. to help/preparing C. helping/preparing D. helping/to prepare
63. All________ were asked to list all the members of ASEAN that they could think of in a one-minute period.
A. participates B. participations C. participants D. participating
64. We will create a stable, prosperous and highly________ ASEAN Economic community.
A. compete compete B. competition C. competitor D. competitive
65. Unfortunately, the solution to this problem is neither simple nor________.
A. economy B. economic C. economical D. economicany
66. The members meet once a week to develop and adopt proposals on new________ and legislation.
A. policy B. politic C. political D. politician
67. The children grew up with deep________ for their parents.
A. respect B. respecting C. respectful D. respectability
68. As an ASEAN member, Viet Nam has actively participated in the group's programs and has also
created new________ and cooperation mechanisms.
A. initiatives B. initiates C. initiations D. initiators
69. Over the past decade, Viet Nam-ASEAN________ have been growing fast in all areas, particularly
in politics and the economy.
A. relates B. relatives C. relations D. relationships
70. With a population of over 237 million people, Indonesia is the world's fourth most________ country.
A. popular B. popularly C. populous D. unpopular
71. She apologised________ waiting so long.
A. for keeping me B. for me C. for me keeping D. to me for
72. Her mother prevented her________ going out tonight.
A. about B. against C. at D. from
73. She insisted________ talking to her lawyer.
A. in B. for C. on D. of
74. He is not good________ maths. He is incapable________ calculating.
A. at – of B. for – of C. on - for D. on - of MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 041
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
75. The ten stalks of padi represent the hope for an ASEAN comprising all the ten countries in
Southeast Asia bound together in friendly and solidarity. A B C
D
76. In the Rio Olympics 2016, Vietnamese sports delegation returned home with two medals both
from "hero" shooter Hoang Xuan Vinh, ranking the 48
th
in the final. A B C
D
77. Viet Nam was the first Indochinese country joining ASEAN, and its move helped end
confrontation between the Indochinese party and ASEAN. A B C D
78. ASEAN was found in Bangkok, Thailand on 8 August 1967 when the five founding members
signed the ASEAN Declaration. A B C D
79. Viet Nam has remained committed to ASEAN since it joined in 1995 and the idea of an ASEAN
Community has increasingly accepted into Viet Nam's political lexicon. A B C D
80. Soon after becoming a member, Viet Nam signed the Treaty on the Southeast Asian Nuclear-
Weapon-Free Zone and being one of the founding members of the ASEAN Regional Forum. A
B C D
81. ASEAN aims at promoting economic growth, regional peace as well as provide opportunities for
its members. A B C D
82. Being influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a wide diverse
nation with over 300 ethnic groups. A B C D
83. Students from Viet Nam who wish applying for the ASEAN scholarship must be approved by the
Ministry of Education and Training. A B C D
84. Shaping like an elongated S, Viet Nam covers a surface area of 128,000 square miles, making it
roughly the size of Italy or, in the U.S., New Mexico. A B C
D
85. The MPAC is intended allowing the AEC and enhance ASEAN's inner integration with the help
of improved infrastructure development. A B C D
86. Not everybody prefers study abroad to studying in his or her home country.
A B C D
87. Nowadays, more and more people are realising what it means to be a part of ASEAN and why it
is important to join in the association. A B C D
88. To participate in sport events, people with disabilities also have a chance to find their lifetime partner.
A B C D
89. I have been listening to your speech, but I am doubting what you are saying. I don't feel that it
is a good idea. A B C D
90. John is having a clown birthday party. The clown is appearing. He always loves watching the
clown. He is looking happy. A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. 9 1 . “ I t' s s o s tu ff y in h ê r ê . " – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Do I have to open the window? B. Must I open the window?
C. Shall I open the window? D. Would you like to open the window?
9 2 . “ M ê r r y C h r is tm a s ! " – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Happy Christmas to you! B. Same for you! C. The same to you! D. You are the same!
93. "I will pick you up around 7:30. The movie starts at 8:00." – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, you don't B. OK. See you then. C. I don't like waiting. D. Thanks, no big deal.
94. "___________ going on a picnic this weekend?" - "That's great!"
A. How about B. Let's C. Why don't we D. Would you like
9 5 . " M r G r ê ê n h a d a n a ccid ê nt . H ê 's b ê ê n i n h o s p it a l f o r a w ê ê k . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. How terrific B. Oh, is he? C. Poor it. D. Poor him.
9 6 . “ D o y o u r ê a l l y t h i n k t h a t I s h o u l d t a k ê t h ê j o b ? " – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ T r u s t m ê . T a k ê i t . W h a t d o y o u h a v ê t o l o s ê ? ”
A. I doubt so. B. I don't think so. C. I hope so. D. I know so.
97. "Do you fancy a drink?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 042
A. No, everything is OK. B. Oh! Of course not.
C. Sure, let's go and get one. D. Wow! I am so excited.
98. "What are you doing here, Tom? Do you want to join us?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ P l ê a s ê co nt in u ê . I 'm j u s t co m in g t o f in d m y s tu ff . ”
A. Don't mind me. B. Don't worry. C. Not at all. D. Not to mention.
99. "Take the second turning on the left and then go straight ahead until you see the cinema on the
right." – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ T h a nks . "
A. I agree with you. B. I don't think so. C. I have got that. D. It makes sense.
1 0 0 . “ Do y o u m i nd if I tu r n o n t h ê v o l u m ê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I don't think so. B. I'm sorry, but you have to.
C. No, please go ahead. D. Of course, you can't.
101. " Wo u l d y o u m in d if I s m o k ê d ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Don't mention it. B. I'd rather you didn't. C. Mind your head! D. You don't want to.
1 0 2 . “ L ê t' s h a v ê a p iz z a . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. It doesn't matter. B. Not at all. C. Not really D. Sure thing!
103. "It's freezing outside! What happened to the weather report? I thought this cold front was
s u p p o s ê d to p a s s . ” - “ Y ê a h , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I agreed with you. B. I thought so too. C. That's good point. D. You are right.
104. "Let's play Scrabble! I'm really good at spelling, too!" - " O h , y ê a h ? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Does that make sense? B. I can't believe in that.
C. I worry about it. D. We'll see about that!
105. "I'm really excited for Aunt Mary's surprise birthday party this afternoon! Aren't you?" –
“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Oh! I didn't know she was older. B. Really? What happened next?
C. Uh-huh! What then? D. Yeah! How old is she?
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Asia's economic, political and cultural importance is growing (106)________ a never-before
seen rate. Take China, for example: In terms of purchasing power, China is now the largest
(107)________ of the world, having recently (108)________ over the crown from the long time leader
United States. Understanding the fundamental structural changes in the global economy and having
studied abroad in Asia is a huge asset on your (109)________ when competing for jobs.
(110)________ the increasing importance of the continent, many international with
experience in companies are expanding to Asia and need (111)________ with experience in Asian
markets and culture. To get a (112)________ of the action and business ideas flowing from Asia, visit
Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation's (APEC) website.
One of the most important variables behind the miracle of the speed of growth and recovery
in the Asian economies is the (113)________ of education. The competition for top schools and
universities starts from a very early (114)________. The point of education in Asia is to equip people
to become productive members of their given societies as (115)________ as equip the students with
the skills and mentality to be (116)________ to successfully compete against the masses of other
applicants. Asian students and schools receive continuously top marks in international rankings.
This has been directly (117)________ in the success stories of several Asian countries.
106. A. at B. by C. on D. with
107. A. economic B. economical C. economically D. economy
108. A. came B. passed C. kicked D. taken
109. A. summary B. profile C. resume D. requirement
110. A. Although B. Because C. Despite D. Due to
111. A. employees B. employers C. employment D. unemployment
112. A. glance B. glimpse C. look D. view
113. A. quality B. qualification C. quantity D. quantification
114. A. age B. period C. semester D. year
115. A. far B. long C. much D. well MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 043
116. A. able B. capable C. disable D. unable
117. A. allowed B. influenced C. provided D. reflected
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
The 22nd Southeast Asian Games were held in Viet Nam from the 5
th
to 13
th
December, 2003.
Although it was the first time Viet Nam hosted such a big sports event, the Games were a great
success. The Games really became a festival that impressed sports enthusiasts with its spirit:
solidarity, co-operation for peace and development.
Athletes from 11 participating countries competed in 32 sports, and 444 gold medals were
won. Some teams such as table tennis, badminton, karate, volleyball, basketball and wrestling were
composed of top competitors in the region. Many Games records were close to international levels.
Viet Nam won 158 gold medals to finish at the top of the Southeast Asian Games medal standings.
Thailand ranked second with 90 golds, and Indonesia was third with only 55 golds. Singapore and
Viet Nam were the two nations which had participants who were presented with the Most
Outstanding Athlete titles in the Swimming and Shooting events. The Vietnamese Women's
Football team successfully defended the SEA Games title. Viet Nam and Thailand played in the Men's
Football Final. The Thai Team won the gold medal. In other sports such as karate, athletics,
bodybuilding and wushu, the young and energetic Vietnamese athletes performed excellently and
won a lot of gold medals.
Viet Nam's first place finish was not surprising. Firstly, to prepare for the 22nd SEA Games,
Viet Nam carried out an intensive programme for its athletes, which included training in facilities,
both home and abroad. Secondly, with the strong support of their countrymen, the Vietnamese
athletes competed in high spirits. The country's success has proved that Viet Nam can organise
sporting events on an international level. A plan has been proposed for Viet Nam to host the Asia
Sports Games at some point in the future.
118. It can be inferred from the passage that_________.
A. Viet Nam can organise sporting events better than other countries
B. Viet Nam had already planned for the next Sea Games in the future
C. Viet Nam prepared its athletes well for the 22nd SEA Games
D. Viet Nam protected its first place in SEA Games competition
119. The word "title" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to_________.
A. power B. label C. headline D. trophy
120. According to the passage, what is NOT true about the 22nd Southeast Asian Games?
A. There were 11 countries participating in.
B. Many athletes had broken the world records.
C. Indonesia ranked higher than Singapore.
D. Vietnamese Women's Football team won gold medal.
121. The word "intensive ” in p a r a g r a p h 3 h a s O P P O S I T E m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. delicate B. flexible C. sensitive D. vigorous
122. What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage?
A. To explain the reasons why 22nd Sea Games was organised in Viet Nam.
B. To express the writer's love and how much he is proud of the country's success.
C. To introduce top competitors in the region and their ranking in the Games.
D. To show Vietnamese's ability in organising international sporting events.
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
When Malaysia takes the ASEAN chair next year, it will face a huge challenge. Too few of us
know enough about this grouping we call the Association of Southeast Asian Nations. We do not
know what it means to be a part of ASEAN and why it is important to us. At the same time, pressure
is mounting to reinvent ASEAN to make it more people-centric and less government-centric. The
Heat speaks to Global Movement of Moderates CEO Saifuddin Abdullah on why ASEAN should mean
more to us than just acronyms.
ASEAN people do not feel like they are a part of the community of Southeast Asian nations.
This statement, backed up by survey findings, is pretty bizarre, and extremely hurtful too,
considering that ASEAN is 47 years old today. "Interview 10 persons on the street and you would MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 044
p ê r h a p s g ê t o nl y o nê o f th ê m w h o k n o w s a b o u t A S E A N, ” says Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah. This CEO
of Global Movement of Moderates (GMM) is not running down ASEAN; he's confronting the truth
as it impacts the project he has been entrusted with. Here's more, in 2012, the ASEAN Secretariat
conducted a survey that showed only 34% of Malaysians had heard of the ASEAN community. This
compares with 96% of Laotians. Malaysia chairs ASEAN next year, and GMM is a member of the
national steering committee organising the ASEAN People's Forum (APF), a platform designed to
bridge the gap between governments and civil society. Never heard of it? You're forgiven.
The APF actually started off life in the 1990s, except it was called the ASEAN People's Assembly
(APA). It was held back to back with the ASEAN Summit, which is held twice a year. The APA is the
forum where 10 leaders of government engage with 10 leaders of civil society in a half-hour meeting.
"It was going well until one year when the chairman decided not to hold the APA, so it was discontinued
until 2005 when Malaysia took the chairmanship of ASEAN again and founded the ASEAN People's
Forum (APF)," Saifuddin explains. In a perfect world, forums such as the APF or its predecessor APA
would have worked perfectly to bridge the gap between government and civil society.
However, as Saifuddin points out, Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) often do not see eye to
eye with their governments. For instance this year, Myanmar is chair of ASEAN and in the APF, three
member nations - including Malaysia - decided not to recognise the CSO leaders chosen as
r ê p r ê s ê nt a ti v ê s s o th ê A P F d id n o t ta k ê p l a cê . “ T h is is w h ê r ê th ê G M M w a nt s to p l a y a r o l ê in ensuring that this situation does not arise again," Saifuddin says.
123. According to the passage, in 1990s, APF was called_________.
A. ASEAN People's Assembly B. ASEAN People's Forum
C. Civil Society Organisations D. Global Movement of Moderates
1 2 4 . T h ê w o r d “ acronyms ” in p a r a g r a p h 1 p r o b a b l y m ê a ns _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. abbreviations B. antonyms C. enlargements D. synonyms
125. The phrase "backed up" in paragraph 2 has similar meaning to_________.
A. concluded B. introduced C. proved D. Supported
126. According to the passage, Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah was CEO of_________.
A. APA B. APF C. CSOs D. GMM
127. Which of the following statements is NOT true about the APF according to the passage?
A. APF consists of 20 leaders. B. APF is held every two years.
C. APF is reorganised in 2005. D. APF lasts for 30 minutes.
128. The phrase "bridge the gap" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to_________.
A. avoid the conflict B. break down the wall
C. build a strong relation D. narrow the difference
129. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Discontinuing APF led to conflict between government and civil society.
B. Laotians show more interest in politics than Malaysians.
C. The APA was held twice a year until 2005.
D. CSOs do not always agree with their governments.
130. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. How important was the ASEAN People's Forum?
B. Who is going to be the ASEAN chair next year?
C. What does it mean to be a part of ASEAN?
D. Why do GMM play an important role in ASEAN?
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. I said that she should see a doctor.
A. I advised her seeing a doctor. B. I advised her should see a doctor.
C. I advised her to see a doctor. D. I advised to see a doctor.
132. Ireland doesn't allow people to smoke in bars.
A. Ireland doesn't enjoy smoking in bars. B. Ireland hates smoking in bars.
C. Smoking in bars is banned in Ireland. D. You should not smoke in bars in Ireland.
133. Working on the computer is not what she feels like. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 045
A. She doesn't feel like work on the computer.
B. She doesn't feel like working on the computer.
C. She doesn't feel like to work on the computer.
D. She doesn't feel like to working on the computer.
134. California doesn't permit people to fish without a fishing license.
A. California can't stand fishing without a fishing license.
B. California doesn't allow fishing without a fishing license.
C. California doesn't encourage fishing without a fishing license.
D. California doesn't mind fishing without a fishing license.
1 3 5 . “ Why don't we go for a walk?" Mary said.
A. Mary advised to go for a walk. B. Mary asked going for a walk.
C. Mary suggested going for a walk. D. Mary would like going for a walk.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. Everyone was all so afraid. Nobody dared to speak anything.
A. Everyone was too afraid to dare to speak anything
B. Everyone was afraid enough to not to speak anything.
C. Everyone was such afraid that nobody speak anything.
D. Nobody was not afraid enough to dare to speak anything.
137. We cannot create a rule-based ASEAN. We don't have means of drafting, interpreting and
enforcing rules.
A. Having means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, it is impossible to create a
rule-based ASEAN.
B. It is impossible to create a rule-based ASEAN community with means of drafting,
interpreting and enforcing rules.
C. Not having means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, we are unable to create a
rule-based ASEAN.
D. To have means of drafting, interpreting and enforcing rules, we are able to create a rule-
based ASEAN.
138. Indonesia was influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures. It is a widely diverse
nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
A. To influence by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely
diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
B. To be influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely
diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
C. Influencing by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely
diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
D. Being influenced by Chinese, European, Indian, and Malay cultures, Indonesia is a widely
diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups.
139. You come to Ha Noi. You are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
A. Come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
B. Coming to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
C. Having come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
D. To come to Ha Noi, you are offered a large number of must-see tourist sites.
140. There isn't a culture of respecting and following the rule. The ASEAN community's present goal
cannot be achieved.
A. Even though there isn't a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN
community's present goal cannot be achieved.
B. Not being a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's present
goal cannot be achieved.
C. Owing to the a culture of respecting and following the rule, the ASEAN community's
present goal cannot be achieved.
D. The ASEAN community's present goal cannot be achieved unless there is a culture of
respecting and following the rule.
_________THE END_________ MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 046
UNIT 6. GLOBAL WARMING
I. VOCABULARY:
01. absorb / ә b ’s ɔ:b/ v Th a ́ m, h u ́ t
02. atmosphere / ’æ t mә s f iә r / n Kh í q u y ê ̉ n
03. awareness / ә ’w ê ә nәs / n N h a ̣ n t h ư ́ c
04. ban /bæn/ n/v ( l ê ̣ nh) C a ́ m
05. capture / ’k æ pt ʃ әr / v Gia m g iư ̃
06. c a r b o n f o o t pr in t / k a : b ә n ‘ f u : t pr i nt / ( ph ) l ư ơ ̣ ng C O 2 t h a ̉ i
07. catastrophic / k æ t ә ’st r ɔfik/ a Th a ̉ m h o ̣ a
08. clean-up /kli:n p/ n S ư ̣ do ̣ n s a ̣ c h
09. cli ma t ê c h a ng ê / ’k l a i mә t t ʃeind ʒ / ( n) Biê ́ n đ o ̉ i k h í h a ̣ u
10. diversity / da i’v з : s ә t i/ n Đa da ̣ ng sin h h o ̣ c
11. drought /dra ʊt/ n Ha ̣ n h a ́ n
12. ecological / i: k ә ’l ɔd ʒikl/ a S inh t h a ́ i
13. ecosystem / ’i: k ә ʊ s is t ә m / n Hê ̣ sin h th a ́ i
14. emission / i’mi ʃn/ n X a ̉ , t h a ̉ i, t o ̉ a r a
15. famine / ’f æ min / n N a ̣ n đo ́ i
16. g r ê ê nho u s ê g a s / ’g r i: nha ʊ s g æ s / ( n) Kh í g a y HƯ N K
17. heat-related / h i: t r i’l ê it id / a D o sư ́ c no ́ ng
18. infectious / in’f ê k ʃ әs/ a La y nh iê ̃ m
19. lawmaker /l ɔ : mê ik ә r / n N h a ̀ l a ̀ m l u a ̣ t
20. oil spill / ɔil spil/ n Tr a ̀ n d a ̀ u
II. PRONUNCIATION: Stresses on some special words
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Perfect Gerunds (review)
2. The Participles used as Adjectives (review)
IV. PRACTICE TEST:
Unit 6. GLOBAL WARMING
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. genius B. gorilla C. global D. gases
02. A. pollution B. poaching C. physical D. pesticide
03. A. warming B. warn C. walk D. wasn't
04. A. floor B. flood C. moorland D. door
05. A. increase B. release C. please D. grease
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. campaign B. global C. balance D. carbon
07. A. natural B. endangered C. dangerous D. habitat
08. A. rainforest B. tropical C. discover D. animal
09. A. pollution B. continue C. enormous D. disappear
10. A. devastated B. environment C. diversity D. ecology
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. We need to cut down on the emission of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
A. intake B. retake C. uptake D. discharge
12. Land erosion is mainly caused by widespread deforestation.
A. afforestation B. reforestation C. logging D. lawn mowing
13. In the past, a lot of countries denied having contributed to global warming.
A. agreed B. refuted C. approved D. avoided
14. Most people admit that they contribute to global warming. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 047
A. be partly responsible for B. disapprove C. neglect D. cause
15. We must admit that people are heavily polluting the environment.
A. decline B. rebut C. deny D. accept
16. In the polluted environment, infectious diseases can be passed easily from one person to another.
A. fatal B. safe C. contagious D. immune
17. Global warming has severe impact on water supplies.
A. very good B. very bad C. normal D. long-lasting
18. Global warming occurs when the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere trap the heat from the sun.
A. catch B. discharge C. dispose D. release
19. Such unhygienic conditions encourage the spread of diseases.
A. decline B. stability C. decrease D. increase
20. Deforestation is one of the biggest environmental threats to the ecological balance in the world.
A. sureties B. certainties C. dangers D. safety
21. As fossil fuel resources are running out, it is important for the government to find some types
of alternative energy.
A. irreplaceable B. substitute C. impossible D. practical
22. Local people have cut down the forests to make way for farming.
A. allow farming to take place B. lose way in farming
C. have a way of farming D. give way to farming
23. Because farmers had been informed about the bad effects of chemical fertilisers, they started
using them sparingly on their farms.
A. carelessly B. moderately C. recklessly D. irresponsibly
24. Global warming is one of the biggest issues facing humans nowadays.
A. causes B. factors C. concerns D. agreements
25. The biggest cause of global warming is carbon dioxide emissions from coal burning power plants.
A. fauna B. flora C. trees D. factories
26. Global warming effects on people and nature are catastrophic.
A. destructive B. constructive C. evaluative D. creative
27. Coal burning releases a large amount of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
A. discourages B. reduces C. relaxes D. discharges
28. The demand for cars is increasing rapidly in the modern world.
A. need B. offer C. reply D. discovery
29. Forests absorb and capture carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
A. take up B. take in C. take over D. take to
30. The process of forests absorbing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere has been disrupted by
the current alarming rate of deforestation.
A. discussed B. discovered C. disturbed D. distributed
31. Flood and drought are two major causes of famine.
A. family B. obesity C. hygiene D. hunger
32. Water shortages are likely to delay economic growth and damage ecosystems.
A. aid B. advance C. deter D. defer
33. It is important to maintain the biological diversity of the rainforests.
A. similarity B. identity C. variety D. compatibility
34. We may help if we cut down on energy use by using LED light-bulbs and unplug unused
electronic devices. A. reuse B. reduce C. recycle D. reproduce
35. Reusing and recycling glass, plastic, paper and other products help to reduce waste and
pollution, and conserve natural resources.
A. preserve B. reserve C. converse D. reverse
36. The thick layer of global warming gases keeps more heat from the sun, which leads to the
increase in the earth temperature.
A. catches B. releases C. allows D. loses
37. Global warming results in climate change and extreme weather patterns.
A. results from B. causes C. originates D. is due to
38. Our city is going to ban supermarkets from using plastic bags.
A. reduce B. encourage C. prohibit D. allow MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 048
39. Many species are threatened with extinction due to deforestation and loss of habitat.
A. damaged B. spoilt C. treated D. endangered
40. It is important to raise money to help people who have to suffer consequences of global warming.
A. collect B. donate C. sponsor D. contribute
41. Everyone should remember to switch off the lights before going out.
A. go off B. turn off C. take off D. log off
42. We may help to control global warming by reducing carbon footprints in our homes.
A. putting up with B. getting down to C. cutting down on D. going back to
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. Cutting down on energy use is the best way to help reduce global warming.
A. Shrinking B. Declining C. Decreasing D. Increasing
44. We should grow more trees so that they can absorb more carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
A. emit B. take in C. consume D. cut off
45. Releasing too much carbon dioxide into the atmosphere can lead to global warming.
A. result in B. result from C. cause D. activate
46. Farmers turned to bio-fertilisers after they had been told about the dangers of chemical fertilisers.
A. trusted B. disbelieved C. counted on D. depended on
47. The factory owner denied having said that he should take responsibility for the damage that his
factory caused to the surrounding environment.
A. refuted B. rejected C. opposed D. accepted
48. Some scientists are accused of not having reported the effects of climate change.
A. exonerated B. blamed C. charged D. complained
49. They were criticised for having acted irresponsibly towards the environment.
A. blamed B. commended C. condemned D. denounced
50. The factory was fined for having dumped a huge amount of rubbish into the river.
A. penalised B. levied C. compensated D. punished
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
51. With clear evidence, his company couldn't deny having dump a large quantity of toxins into the
sea. A B C D
52. Humans now have to suffer the effects of global warming due to having treat the environment
irresponsibly. A B C D
53. Having denied the responsibility for the environmental it caused, the factory was forced to
close down. A B C D
54. Having been warn about the relationship between climate change and the spread of infectious
diseases, everyone should get vaccinated. A B C D
55. These companies were accused on having released a large amount of carbon dioxide into the
atmosphere. A B C D
56. Having deciding on the topic of the presentation, he started finding relevant information for it.
A B C D
57. Having known about the harmful affects the company had on our neighbourhood, we decided
to boycott its products. A B C D
58. Having signed an agreement to reduce carbon dioxide emissions, we were determined to help
reduced global warming. A B C D
59. Having identified the most urgent environmental problems, they start working out all possible
solutions. A B C D
60. Having spent all their saving money, they started do some odd jobs to make ends meet.
A B C D
61. Having cutting down many trees in the area, now the people here have to suffer really hot
summers. A B C D
62. Having decided to use public transport instead private transport, we were determined to reduce
carbon footprints. A B C D MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 049
63. Having cycled to work every day, I become more responsibly for the environmental issues.
A B C D
64. Having watched TV programmes about the farmers' careless use of chemical fertilisers on they
crops, many citizen dwellers decided to grow their own vegetables. A B C D
65. Having suffered water shortage in the past, we are all very economic on using water.
A B C D
66. Having change our attitude to nature, we started changing our behaviours as well.
A B C D
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
67. The president of the company officially apologised to the local residents_________ having dumped
a large amount of raw sewage in the area.
A. about B. with C. at D. for
68. The factory was accused_________ having caused higher level of pollution to the environment.
A. about B. on C. of D. for
69. We all admire him_________ having changed both his attitude and behaviours towards the
environmental issues.
A. about B. for C. with D. at
70. Human activities are also blamed_________ having contributed to global warming.
A. for B. on C. at D. with
71. We congratulated him_________ having invented an energy-saving device.
A. for B. at C. about D. on
72. He was criticised_________ not having put the elephant poachers in jail.
A. at B. about C. for D. on
73. His company was punished_________ not having dumped the rubbish properly.
A. by B. for C. about D. because of
74. The city mayor praised all voluntary students_________ having cleaned the playgrounds for the
children. A. for B. because of C. at D. due to
75. He thanked us_________ having contributed to cleaning the surrounding environment.
A. on B. to C. with D. for
76. He was suspected_________ having received presents from the local companies and ignored their
violations of the environmental law.
A. about B. on C. of D. for
77. Even when arrested, he denied_________ cut down that tree.
A. has B. having C. have D. have had
78. Those farmers admitted_________ having used more chemical fertilisers than needed.
A. on B. about C. for D. to
79. He forgot_________ promised to cut down on the carbon dioxide emissions into the atmosphere.
A. to promise B. have C. having D. had
80. I remembered having_________ off the lights before leaving home.
A. switched B. switch C. switching D. switches
81. He regretted not_________ registered for military service last spring.
A. have B. having C. having had D. having done
82. The local residents suspected the authorities_________ having kept the pollution level secret from
the local people. A. about B. on C. of D. for
83. He denied having polluted the environment, _________ no one believed him.
A. however B. despite C. but D. in spite of
84. Thank you for having_________ the information about global warming.
A. shared B. sharing C. share D. shares
85. He regretted_________ killed and eaten several rare species.
A. to have B. having C. have D. has
86. His company was fined_________ dumped tons of toxic waste near the residential area.
A. to have B. because of having C. for having D. of having
87. These students were rewarded_________ actively taken part in voluntary activities.
A. with B. before C. on having D. for having
88. She was praised_________ donated a lot of money to the wildlife protection organisation. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 050
A. for having B. to have C. because of having D. due to having
89. I remember_________ advised you to stop hunting endangered animals.
A. to have B. having C. have D. had
90. The local authorities were blamed_________ ignored the pollution issues in the area.
A. about having B. on having C. for having D. before having
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of global warming.
91. Nam: What are the main threats to the environment today? Lan: ____________
A. Threats are possible dangers to the environment.
B. Probably deforestation and global warming.
C. Environmental pollution is a big issue for our planet
D. We need a clean environment to live in.
92. Lan: How can ordinary people help protect the environment? Nam: ____________
A. What can ordinary people do to help the environment?
B. Environment really needs our help.
C. We may use environmentally-friendly products.
D. Both governments and individuals are to blame on.
93. Nam: Do you do anything to protect the environment? Lan: ____________
A. I refuse to use plastic bags and try to recycle as much as possible.
B. I use a lot of plastic bags and containers to save the environment.
C. I'm not interested in the subject of environment.
D. I don't want to change my lifestyle.
94. Lan: What solution to air pollution can you suggest? Nam: ____________
A. Air pollution is really serious these days.
B. Smoke from factory chimneys pollutes the air.
C. Air pollution causes acid rain.
D. People should use public means of transport.
95. Nam: What is the biggest environmental problem facing our country? Lan: ____________
A. Too much toxic sewage is dumped at sea.
B. All countries face environmental problems.
C. No one can help protect the environment.
D. Our country is facing the biggest environmental problem.
96. Nam: Is global warming a problem in our country? Lan: ____________
A. Global warming is getting more and more serious.
B. Governments are closely working together to solve environmental problems.
C. Global warming causes sea level to rise.
D. Probably. The temperatures are getting hotter year by year in the area.
97. Nam: What causes global warming? Lan: ____________
A. Changes in weather patterns resulting from global warming.
B. Too much carbon dioxide being trapped in the atmosphere.
C. Catastrophic consequences of global warming.
D. Common global warming consequences.
98. Nam: What are the consequences of global warming? Lan: ____________
A. Global warming causes many consequences.
B. Consequences of global warming is catastrophic.
C. Icebergs melt and low-lying areas are flooded.
D. More trees are being cut down.
99. Nam: Why is global warming a problem? Lan: ____________
A. People find it difficult to adapt to the changes in the weather patterns.
B. Global warming can benefit people in certain areas.
C. There's no need to worry about global warming.
D. Global warming is a very interesting topic for presentation.
100. Nam: What are global warming gases? Lan: ____________ MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 051
A. Global warming gases are mainly man-made.
B. Global warming gases are everywhere.
C. The amount of carbon dioxide is increasing.
D. Carbon dioxide, nitrous oxide, and methane.
101. Lan: What can government do to punish factories that violate environmental law? Nam: ________
A. So many of them are polluting the environment.
B. Yes, I think a big fine would be relevant.
C. They may force those factories to close down.
D. There are no factories in this region.
102. Lan : Who has to suffer global warming effects the most? Nam: ____________
A. What are global warming effects?
B. Maybe poor people in low-lying areas.
C. All people suffer from global warming.
D. Only few people benefit from global warming.
103. Lan: How can we help to fight deforestation? Nam: ____________
A. We may recycle paper and buy recycled paper products.
B. We may cut down trees at an alarming rate.
C. We should only cut branches of big trees.
D. We should set up animal ranches near forests.
104. Nam: What will happen if the low-lying areas are flooded? Lan: ____________
A. Low-lying areas are often flooded.
B. Flood happens when water level rises.
C. Low-lying areas can never be flooded.
D. People in these regions will have to face a lot of problems.
105. Lan: What do you do to help the environment? Nam: ____________
A. It is the responsibility of the government.
B. I try to recycle more and reduce carbon footprint.
C. Everyone can protect the environment.
D. Environment helps people live comfortably.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
ENVIRONMENTAL CRIME
We are probably all (106)_______ at some point in our lives of not caring for the environment
as much as we should. Perhaps we drop litter without thinking, or cause (107)_______ by using our
cars when it's not necessary. However, the real environmental (108)_______ are those big businesses
which ignore the law. For many years now, (109)_______ have attempted to protect the environment
by making businesses responsible for making sure that the chemical they use don't add to the
(110)_______ of the environment. The problem for businesses is that the (111)_______ of the
environment costs money, and businesses will always try to (112)_______ their costs if they can.
Some of them do this by simply putting chemical into rivers when they have finished with them,
leading to the (113)_______ of major problems. Although government (114)_______ may try to catch
them doing it, it can be very difficult to get (115)_______ that a particular business is responsible for
an environmental problem. It really depends (116)_______ not only the government but also
businesses and individuals as well. All people need to contribute to (117)_______ the environment.
106. A. guilty B. proud C. sorry D. tired
107. A. damage B. pollution C. accidents D. trouble
108. A. agents B. crimes C. criminals D. doers
109. A. politicians B. politics C. parties D. residents
110. A. induction B. construction C. instruction D. destruction
111. A. production B. protection C. destruction D. deforestation
112. A. stabilise B. raise C. lower D. save
113. A. creation B. creativity C. creator D. creature
114. A. suspicion B. suspect C. inspection D. inspectors MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 052
115. A. improvement B. proof C. waterproof D. prove
116. A. over B. at C. on D. in
117. A. protecting B. protect C. protected D. protection
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
The costs and benefits of global warming will vary greatly from area to area. For moderate
climate change, the balance can be difficult to assess. But the larger the change in climate, the more
negative the consequences will become. Global warming will probably make life harder, not easier,
for most people This is mainly because we have already built enormous infrastructure based on
the climate we now have.
People in some temperate zones may benefit from milder winters, more abundant rainfall,
and expanding crop production zones. But people in other areas will suffer from increased heat
waves, coastal erosion, rising sea le more erratic rainfall, and droughts.
The crops, natural vegetation, and domesticated and wild animals (including seafood) that
sustain people in a given area may be unable to adapt to local or regional changes in climate. The
ranges of diseases and insect pests that are limited by temperature may expand, if other
environmental conditions are also favourable.
In its summary report on the impacts of climate change, the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change stated, "Taken as a whole, the range of published evidence indicates that the net
damage costs of climate change are likely to be significant and to increase ove r ti m ê . ”
118. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Environment pollution is real. B. Reasons why low-lying areas are flooded.
C. Solutions to global warming. D. Reasons why global warming is a problem.
119. Which of the following is TRUE as the result of global warming?
A. All people suffer from global warming. B. All people benefit from global warming.
C. Life is more difficult for the majority of people. D. Life is easier for most people.
1 2 0 . I n p a r a g r a p h 1 , t h ê w o r d “ this ” r ê fê r s to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. harder life as a result of global warming B. easier life as a result of global warming
C. climate change on global scale D. flood in low-lying areas
1 2 1 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h ê w o r d “ erratic ” is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. predictable B. unpredictable C. changeable D. unchangeable
122. According to the passage, all of the following are the results of global warming EXCEPT_________.
A. higher temperature B. coastal erosion C. increasing sea level D. stable rainfall
123. What may happen to diseases and insect pests as a result of global warming?
A. They will become extinct. B. They will increase in number.
C. They will not harm our planet. D. They will be under good control.
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
The Amazon rainforest is home to more than a third of all the world's species of plants, birds
and animals. Twenty per cent of all the birds in the world live in the rainforest. Scientists have
discovered thousands of types of plants and animals that can only be found there. There are
thousands - probably millions more that we haven't discovered yet. There are at least 2.5 million
species of insects there. Imagine what would happen if they all lost their home? It couldn't happen,
could it? Unfortunately, it's happening right now. Yet, the rainforest is big. But it's getting smaller.
The problem is that people are cutting down the trees, mainly to make room for cows. These
provide meat and make money for their owners. This process of cutting down trees is called
‘d ê fo r ê s ta ti o n' .
The good news is that it is slowing down. In 2004, for example, more than 27,000 square
kilometres were cut down. That's an area bigger than Wales. In 2006, because of all the campaigns to
save rainforest, it dropped to just over 13,000 square kilometres. The bad news is that it's not enough.
Scientists predict that by 2030, the rainforest will have become smaller by 40%. It's possible that by
the end of the 21st century, the rainforest will have completely disappeared. With deforestation,
thousands of the animals, birds, fish and plants that live in the Amazon rainforest lose their home,
their natural habitat. Some of them move to other areas, but most of them die. Many species have MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 053
already become extinct, and many more will if deforestation continues. That will change the balance
of life in the rainforest and could cause enormous problems to the region's ecosystem.
There's another problem too. Trees and plants are a vital source of oxygen. If we cut them
down, we lose that oxygen. But it's worse than just that. With deforestation, the trees and plants
are burnt. This sends gases into the Earth's atmosphere, which stops some of the Earth's heat
escaping. That then leads to the temperature here on the ground going up. This increase in the
world's temperature is called 'global warming', and most scientists believe it's a very serious issue.
If they stopped deforestation, it might help prevent global warming.
124. Which title best summarises the main idea of the passage?
A. Chances for owners of cow ranches B. Threats to Amazon rainforest
C. Global warming effects D. Habitat destruction
125. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. A fifth of all the birds in the world live in the rainforest.
B. 20% of all the animals in the world live in the rainforest.
C. Nearly two million species of insects are found in the Amazon rainforest.
D. Nearly half of the world's species of plants grow there.
126. In paragraph 1, the word "room ” is cl o s ê s t in m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. chamber B. flat C. area D. studio
127. In paragraph 2, the word "it ” r ê fê r s to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. room B. process C. rainforest D. deforestation
128. According the passage, which of the following is TRUE about Amazon rainforest?
A. It has become smaller by 40%. B. The deforestation is decreasing.
C. 25% of animal species are extinct now. D. The deforestation is under control.
1 2 9 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h ê w o r d “ enormous ” is cl o s ê s t i n meaning to_________.
A. serious B. important C. common D. insignificant
130. What might help to restrain global warming?
A. increasing deforestation B. stabilising deforestation
C. ceasing cutting down trees D. clearing more trees for farming
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. Having seen people suffer global warming consequences, we decided to reduce carbon footprints.
A. We decided to reduce carbon footprints before seeing people suffer global warming
consequences.
B. We saw people suffer global warming consequences after we decided to reduce carbon
footprints.
C. We decided to cut down on carbon footprints after we saw people suffer global warming
consequences.
D. We decided to cut down on carbon footprints before we saw people suffer global warming
consequences.
132. Climate change leads to numerous catastrophic consequences.
A. Numerous catastrophic consequences result in climate change.
B. Numerous catastrophic consequences result from climate change.
C. Climate change results from numerous catastrophic consequences.
D. Numerous catastrophic consequences cause climate change.
133. The increase in earth's temperature can cause heat-related illnesses.
A. Heat-related illnesses result from the increase in earth's temperature.
B. Heat-related illnesses result in the increase in earth's temperature.
C. Heat-related illnesses lead to the increase in earth's temperature.
D. Heat-related illnesses trigger the increase in earth's temperature.
134. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary greenhouse gases that cause global warming.
A. Carbon dioxide is the only greenhouse gas that causes global warming.
B. Global warming results in greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide.
C. One of the main greenhouse gases that lead to global warming is carbon dioxide. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 054
D. Global warming causes greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide.
135. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming.
A. Global warming can't be controlled by planting trees.
B. Planting trees is the only way to control global warming.
C. Planting trees can accelerate global warming.
D. Planting trees can help reduce global warming.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. He said that he would take responsibility for his company's damage to the area. But then he
denied that.
A. Having denied his company's damage, he took responsibility for it.
B. He denied having damaged to his company's area.
C. He denied having taken responsibility for the damage to his company's area.
D. He denied having said that he would take responsibility for his company's damage to the area.
137. He donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns. He was admired for that.
A. Unless he donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns, he was admired.
B. He was admired for having donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns.
C. If he had donated a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns, he would have
been admired.
D. If he donates a lot of money to environmental protection campaigns, he will be admired.
138. They decided to cut down their carbon footprints. They were praised for that.
A. They were praised for having decided to decrease their carbon footprints.
B. They were not punished for having decided to decrease their carbon footprints.
C. Unless they decided to cut down their carbon footprints, they were praised for that.
D. If they decided to cut down their carbon footprints, they would be praised for that.
139. We have advised you on how to cut down your energy use. We remember that.
A. We can no longer remember having advised you on how to decrease your energy use.
B. We remember having advised you on how to maintain your energy use.
C. We remember having advised you on how to decrease your energy use.
D. We remember to have advised you on how to decrease your energy use.
140. Some scientists have distorted the effects of climate change. They were accused of that.
A. Some scientists were accused of having falsify the effects of climate change.
B. Some scientists were accused of having been honest about the effects of climate change.
C. Although some scientists have distorted the effects of climate change, they were not accused.
D. Some scientists were accused of having falsified the effects of climate change.
_______________THE END_______________
UNIT 7. FURTHER EDUCATION
I. VOCABULARY:
01. abroad / ә ’b r ɔ:d/ (adv) n g o a ̀ i nư ơ ́ c 02. academic / æ k ә ’dê mi k / (a) h o ̣ c thu a ̣ t
03. accommodation / ә ’k ɔ mә ’d ê i ʃn/ (n) c h o ̃ ơ ̉ 04. achieve / ә ’t ʃi:v/ (v ) đ a ̣ t đư ơ ̣ c
05. admission / ә d’m i ʃn/ (n) c h a ́ p nha ̣ n 06. a na l y t ic a l / æ nә’l it ik l/ (a) p h a n t íc h
07. baccalaureate / b æ k ә ’l ɔ : r iә t / (n) t h i tu ́ ta ̀ i 08. bachelor / ’b æ t ʃ ә l ә / (n) c ư ̉ nh a n
09. broaden / ’b r ɔ : dә n/ (v) m ơ ̉ r o ̣ ng 10. campus / ’ k æ mpә s / (n) k h u tr ư ơ ̀ ng
11. collaboration / k ә l æ b ә ’r ê i ʃn/ (n) c o ̣ ng ta ́ c 12. college / ’k ɔlid ʒ/ (n) ca o đa ̉ ng
13. consult / k ә n’s lt/ (v) t ư va ́ n 14. coordinator / k ә ʊ ’ ɔ : di nê i t ә / (n ) đ iê ̀ u ph o ́ i viê n
15. course /k ɔ:s/ n Kh o ́ a h o ̣ c
16. critical / ’kritikl/ a P h ê ph a ́ n
17. CV /sivi/ n Lí l ịc h
18. dean /di:n/ n Tr ư ơ ̉ ng k h o a
19. degree /di ’g r i:/ n Ho ̣ c vị , b a ̀ ng
20. diploma /di ’pl ә ʊm ә/ n Ba ̀ ng c a ́ p
21. doctorate / ’d ɔkt әr әt/ n Ho ̣ c vị t iê ́ n s ĩ MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 055
22. eligible / ’êlid ʒ әbl/ a Đu ̉ tư c a ́ c h
23. enroll /in ’r ә ʊl/ v Ghi danh
24. enter /’ent әr/ v N h a ̣ p
25. faculty /’fæklti/ n Kh o a , v iê ̣ n
26. institution /inst i’ t j ʊʃn/ n Ho ̣ c viê ̣ n
27. internship / ’int з:n ʃip/ n Ta ̣ p sư ̣
28. kindergarten / ’kind ә ’ga:tn/ n Ma ̃ u g ia ́ o
29. major /’meid ʒ әr/ n C h u y ê n ng a ̀ nh
30. mandatory / ’mæn dәt әri/ a Ba ́ t b u o ̣ c
31. master / ’ma : s t әr/ n Th a ̣ c sy ̃
32. passion / ’pæ ʃn/ n Đa m mê
33. potential / pә ’t ê n ʃl/ n Kh a ̉ na ng
34. profession /pr ә ’f ê ʃn/ n N g h ê ̀ ng h iê ̣ p
35. pursue / pә ’sj ʊ:/ v Th ê o đu o ̉ i
36. qualification /kw ɔ l if i’k ê i ʃn/ n Ba ̀ ng c a ́ p
37. scholarship / ’sk ɔ:l ә ʃip/ n Ho ̣ c b o ̉ ng
38. skill /skil/ n Kĩ na ng
39. talent /’t ælәnt/ n Ta ̀ i na ng
40. training / ’treini ŋ/ n Đa ̀ o ta ̣ o
41. transcript /’trænskrip/ n Ho ̣ c b a ̣
42. tuition / ’tj ʊ:i ʃn/ n Ho ̣ c ph í
43. tutor / ’tj ʊ:t әr/ n Gia sư
44. undergraduate / nd ә ’g rædʒʊ әt/ n S V c h ư a TN
45. university /j ʊ ni’v з:s әti/ n Tr ư ơ ̀ ng đa ̣ i h o ̣ c
46. vocational /v ә ʊ ’k ê i ʃ әnl/ a Ho ̣ c h ư ơ ́ ng ng h iê ̣ p
40. training / ’treini ŋ/ n Đa ̀ o ta ̣ o
II. COMMUNICATIVE EXCHANGES: Greeting
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Tenses (review) 2. The Present Perfect (review)
3. The Present Perfect Continuous (review)
IV. PRACTICE EXERCISE:
Unit 7. FURTHER EDUCATION
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. degree B. doctorate C. graduate D. kindergarten
02. A. bachelor B. chapter C. chemistry D. teacher
03. A. culture B. student C. institution D. university
04. A. appreciate B. psychology C. programme D. respectively
05. A. academic B. apply C. apology D. achieve
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. biology B. geography C. education D. relationship
07. A. broaden B. provide C. pursue D. succeed
08. A. college B. degree C. language D. subject
09. A. analytical B. opportunity C. qualification D. university
10. A. bachelor B. diploma C. internship D. scholarship
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. It is not easy at all to get a good job without any_________ qualifications.
A. academic B. social C. great D. favourite
12. At the_________ level, you can join three-year or four-year colleges.
A. primary B. secondary C. postgraduate D. undergraduate MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 056
13. Hugh is quite worried because he hasn't_________ for the end-of-term test.
A. examined B. researched C. studied D. read
14. Any pupil caught_________ was made to stand at the front of the class.
A. misbehave B. misbehaved C. misbehaviour D. misbehaving
15. They_________ sacrifices so that their only child could have a good education.
A. made B. did C. provided D. lent
16. A university is an institution of higher education and research, which grants_________ degrees at
all levels in a variety of subjects.
A. secondary B. optional C. academic D. vocational
17. You have to be highly_________ to do well in these subjects.
A. competitive B. competitor C. competition D. competed
18. I can't cope well_________ all the homework I've got to do!
A. on B. of C. about D. with
19. _________ education normally provides undergraduate and postgraduate education, as well as
vocational education and training.
A. Intermediate B. Primary C. Secondary D. Tertiary
20. You'll find plenty of books on the_________ of business studies in the library.
A. lesson B. subject C. curriculum D. schedule
21. I wonder if you could tell me who was awarded the_________.
A. scholar B. scholastic C. scholarship D. scholarly
22. My dad said that I'd better spend more time on my_________.
A. student B. studied C. studious D. studies
23. He has got a degree_________ Information Technology from Oxford University.
A. in B. for C. on D. of
24. I don't really_________ the point of taking the exam when you are not ready for it.
A. annoy B. have C. see D. take
2 5 . I f y o u 'r ê no t s u r ê w h a t “ s o m ê th i ng ” m ê a ns , l o o k it _ ________ in the dictionary.
A. for B. out C. at D. up
26. Mrs. Dawson said that we are_________ our lesson in the library next Monday.
A. going B. having C. making D. reading
27. My dad wants me to go to university, but I'm in_________ minds about it.
A. different B. my C. some D. two
28. Yesterday, we had a discussion_________ different cultures.
A. about B. around C. for D. from
29. I still have a lot_________ about the English language.
A. for learning B. of learning C. learning D. to learn
30. Belinda missed a few months of school because of illness and found it difficult to keep_________
with her classmates.
A. on B. off C. down D. up
31. If you need to_________ the teacher's attention, just put up your hand.
A. attract B. pay C. take D. pull
32. I did six hours of_________ for the test, but I still failed.
A. education B. survey C. revision D. training
33. Please, don't forget_________ your essays during Friday's lesson.
A. hand in B. handing in C. to hand in D. to handing in
34. Australians and New Zealanders often have a/an_________ year before going to college or after
finishing high school to travel overseas independently.
A. gap B. new C. busy D. graduation
35. It's my_________ ceremony next week; I think my parents are looking forward to it more than I am.
A. graduation B. graduate C. graduating D. graduates
36. Going to university is expensive because in addition to the tuition_________, there are expenses
for accommodation, books, living costs, etc.
A. grants B. fees C. fares D. scholarships
37. When I got to 16, some of my friends left school to get a job, but most_________.
A. dropped out B. moved back C. got in D. stayed on MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 057
38. The more_________ you have, the more chance you have of finding a better job.
A. courses B. contributions C. qualifications D. qualities
39. Next year, I have to decide which area of medicine I want to_________ in.
A. come B. focus C. hand D. specialise
40. I got a diploma in business administration, but still sometimes wish I had been able to go to
university and get a_________.
A. certificate B. diploma C. degree D. scholarship
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
41. When you sit for the exam tomorrow, try to stay calm and relaxed.
A. answer B. take C. make D. write
42. If the examiner can't make sense of what your essay is about, you'll get the low mark.
A. declare B. estimate C. communicate D. understand
43. If you want to get a high mark on a test, review the material carefully beforehand.
A. performance B. score C. figure D. note
44. Some students only cram for tests when there is little time left, so their results are not
satisfactory. A. prepare in a short period B. prepare in a long time
C. prepare well D. prepare badly
45. My application for the scholarship has been turned down because the transcript of marks is not
satisfactory enough.
A. cancelled B. postponed C. reduced D. rejected
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Students also have the opportunity to choose from a wide range of optional courses in the
university. A. mandatory B. selective C. free D. limited
47. Tom did miserably on the final test, which caused a shock to everyone in the class.
A. took B. sat for C. failed D. passed
48. Schools are more relaxed nowadays as discipline is less tough than before.
A. accurate B. severe C. strict D. loose
49. Well, Mrs. Baker, you'll be pleased to hear that George has made a dramatic improvement in
geography. A. meaningful B. important C. insignificant D. steady
50. Most of the students in our country are interested in pursuing higher education to get
bachelor's degrees. A. following B. giving up C. trying D. interrupting
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. I_________ English for five years. I study it at school.
A. have been learning B. have learnt C. learnt D. am learning
52. You can have your book back now. I_________ it.
A. have been reading B. have read C. had read D. read
53. You look upset. _________ you_________?
A. Are – crying B. Do - cry C. Have - been crying D. Have - cried
54. How many times_________ you_________ that international conference?
A. did – attend B. do - attend C. have - been attending D. have - attended
55. I_________ for my math textbook all day, but I_________ it yet.
A. have been looking/haven't found B. have looked/haven't found
C. have been looking/haven't been finding D. have looked/haven't been finding
56. Mum_________ all morning. She_________ lots of Christmas presents.
A. has shopped/has bought B. has been shopping/has bought
C. has been shopping/has been buying D. has shopped/has been buying
57. Kevin_________ his homework, but he_________ it yet.
A. has been doing/hasn't been finishing B. has done/hasn't finished
C. has been doing/hasn't finished D. has done/hasn't been finishing
58. Pete_________ at Midfield Secondary School since 2006, but he_________ music in his lessons twice.
A. has been teaching/has only played B. has been teaching/has only been playing MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 058
C. has taught/has only been playing D. has taught/has only played
59. I_________ the biography of Robbie Williams, but I'm on page 50.
A. have read B. have been reading C. had read D. was reading
60. Jimmy can go out when he_________ for the exam.
A. has been studying B. has been studied C. has studied D. studied
61. I_________ the latest Harry Potter book all day. I'm dying to know what happens in the end!
A. am reading B. have been reading C. have read D. had read
62. So far I_________ any of the exams at school.
A. haven't been failing B. hadn't failed C. didn't fail D. haven't failed
63. We_________ our classroom for the upcoming Teachers' Day, but there's still a lot to do.
A. are decorating B. decorated C. have been decorating D. have decorated
64. Margaret_________ in the school marathon for charity before.
A. has never run B. never runs C. never ran D. has never been running
65. My brother graduated from Hong Kong University of Science and Technology last month and
_________ for a job since then.
A. has been looking B. has looked C. was looking D. had looked
66. Tim_________ for the scholarship to study abroad in the USA at least twice.
A. applied B. is applying C. has been applying D. has applied
67. All the students_________ for their academic transcripts all this week, but they_________ them yet.
A. have waited/haven't received B. have been waiting/haven't received
C. have waited/haven't been receiving D. have been waiting/haven't been receiving
68. I_________ for the information about the differences between further education and higher
education all this morning.
A. had searched B. have been searched C. have been searching D. have searched
69. It's the first time you_________ an online course, isn't it?
A. had ever taken B. have ever been taking C. ever took D. have ever taken
70. The teacher_________ the speaking task on the board, so now the students are discussing it.
A. has already been writing B. has already written
C. already wrote D. had already written
71. Sandy_________ his sister since she_________ to university in 2014.
A. hadn't seen/went B. hasn't been seeing/went
C. didn't see/has gone D. hasn't seen/went
72. They_________ to Spain for an educational exchange and won't be back until the end of this month.
A. have gone B. went C. have been going D. is going
73. Poor Tracy! She_________ that essay for hours now and she still_________.
A. has written/hasn't finished B. has been writing/didn't finish
C. has been writing/hasn't finished D. has written/hasn't been finishing
74. Tom and Mary are still discussing the math exercise with each other because they_________ how
to do it. A. aren't working out B. haven't worked out
C. haven't been working out D. didn't work out
75. I_________ reading a wonderful book about space travel.
A. just finish B. just do finish C. have just finished D. have just been finishing
76. As a rule, you shouldn't argue with your hosts unless they_________ something openly offensive.
A. had said B. have been saying C. have said D. would say
77. Noah Webster an American Dictionary of the English Language in two volumes in 1828, and
since then it_________ the recognised authority for usage in the United States.
A. published/became B. has published/has become
C. published/was becoming D. published/has become
78. She_________ of great help to us because she_________ for such a long time with us.
A. has been/had lived B. has been/has been living C. has been/lived D. was/has lived
79. I_________ the book yet so I can't tell you what happens.
A. haven't finished B. haven't been finishing C. didn't finish D. hadn't finished
80. Peter has been a junior clerk for three years. Lately he_________ for a better post but so far
he_________ anything.
A. looks/hasn't found B. have looked/haven't found MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 059
C. has been looking/hasn't found D. has looked/hasn't found
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. My brother has applied for that scholarship for months, but he has never succeeded yet.
A B C D
82. I have been unable to make out what the lecturer was saying because we were right at the back
of the hall. A B C D
83. I have found a lot of informations about the history of English language teaching recently.
A B C D
84. Although there were a number of significant differences between the two systems, both
countries share a commitment to high quality education. A B C
D
85. I have never been understanding why such a lot of people want to study abroad.
A B C D
86. It is the first time the Internet has ever applied in English teaching and learning in this remote
district. A B C D
87. Due to the geographical barrier, he has been deciding to choose distance education in order to
get his university degree. A B C D
88. Lily couldn't answer any questions in the end-of-term examination this morning, but she thinks
she has failed. A B C D
89. I have started doing my homework when I got home from school, but I stopped to watch my
favourite music show. A B C D
90. Prof. Daniel, who has been working in our faculty for almost 15 years, is giving a seminar on
further education to students on next Friday. A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
9 1 . “ C o u l d y o u p a s s th a t b o o k o v ê r to m ê , p l ê a s ê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, of course. B. No, why not? C. Actually, I'm busy. D. Yes, go ahead.
9 2 . “ I f I w ê r ê y o u , I w o u l d a p p l y f o r th ê s ch o l a r s h ip to t h ê U ni v ê r s it y o f M ê l b o u r nê . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I'm not afraid so. B. No way! C. I guess I should. D. I hope so.
9 3 . “ I h ê a r y o u 'vê p a s s ê d y o u r ê x a m . C o ng r a tu l a ti o ns ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. What a pity! B. You're welcome. C. I'm alright. D. Thank you.
9 4 . “ Wh y d o y o u c h o o s ê F r ê nch a s y o u r s ê co nd m a j o r ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Because it's quite like English. B. Because they are friendly.
C. I don't really care. D. It's nice to say so.
9 5 . “ C a n I h a v ê a q u ick l o o k a t yo u r l ê ctu r ê n o tê s ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Of course not today. B. So far, so good!
C. No, I don't think so. D. Sorry, I'm using them myself.
96. - "Let's go to the Dr. Millet's seminar o n l ê a r ni ng s tyl ê s th is a ftê r no o n! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I wish I could but I'm busy then. B. Learning styles are really subjective.
C. Thanks, I won't. D. I would if I were you.
97. - "Mom, I've received an offer for a summer internship in Singapore ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Really? Good luck! B. Oh, that's great! Congratulations!
C. I couldn't agree more. D. Oh, I'm sorry to hear that.
9 8 . “ S o r r y , I 'm l a tê ! M a y I co m ê in , M is s M il l iê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, come in, please! B. Not right now. C. Let's do it! D. I guess so.
9 9 . " Wh a t a n i m a g in a ti v ê ê s s a y y o u 'vê w r it tê n, M a tt ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That's the least I could do. B. Actually, I don't mind.
C. Thanks, it's nice of you to say so. D. Sorry, just my luck!
100.- “ I t w a s v ê r y k ind of you to help me with the difficult homework!"
A. Oh, don't mention it. B. Sorry, I don't know. C. That sounds nice. D. Thanks a lot.
1 0 1 . “ Do y o u m i nd if I u s ê y o u r d ic ti o na r y f o r a w h il ê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, I don't mind. B. No, I don't think so. C. Yes, go ahead. D. No, go right ahead. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 060
1 0 2 . “ Wo r k h a r d ê r o r y o u 'l l f a il t h ê ê x a m ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Oh, that's fine for me! B. Thanks, I will. C. That sounds great! D. Sure, go ahead!
1 0 3 . “ I 'm s o r r y , tê a ch ê r . I 'vê l ê ft m y ê x ê r cis ê b o o k a t h o m ê to d a y ! ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I'm afraid, you can't. B. Well, don't do that again next time.
C. No, of course not. D. I hope you won't.
1 0 4 . " S h a l l I l ê nd y o u a h a nd w it h th ê s u r v ê y q u ê s ti o nn a ir ê ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, I'd love to. B. That sounds interesting!
C. Sure! That would be great help! D. How about tomorrow?
105. - “ I ’l l cê l ê b r a tê m y g r a d u a ti o n p a r ty t h is w ê ê k ê nd . C o u l d y o u co m ê ?" – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, of course, I will. B. How can this be?
C. The more, the merrier. D. Great work! Keep up!
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
One way of training for your future occupation in Germany is by pursuing a dual vocational
training programme. Such programmes offer plenty of opportunity for on-the-job training and
work experience. Programmes usually last between two and three and a half years and comprise
theoretical as well as practical elements. You will spend one or two days a week, or several weeks
at once, at a vocational school where you will acquire the theoretical knowledge that you will need
in your future occupation. The rest of the time will be spent at a company. There you get to apply
your newly acquired knowledge in practice, for example by learning to operate machinery. You will
get to know what your company does, learn how it operates and find out if you can see yourself
working there after completing your training.
This combination of theory and practice gives you a real head start into your job: by the time
you have completed your training, you will not only have the required technical knowledge, but you
will also have hands-on experience in your job. There are around 350 officially recognised training
programmes in Germany, so chances are good that one of them will suit your interests and talents.
You can find out which one that might be by visiting one of the jobs and vocational training fairs
which are organised in many German cities at different times in the year.
Employment prospects for students who have completed a dual vocational training
programme are very good. This is one of the reasons why this kind of training is very popular with
young Germans: around two thirds of all students leaving school go on to start a vocational training
programme.
106. Which of the following is probably the best title of the passage?
A. Employment Opportunities and Prospects in Germany
B. Higher Education System in Germany
C. Dual Vocational Training System in Germany
D. Combination of Theory and Practice in Studying in Germany
107. The word "it" in the first paragraph refers to_________.
A. company B. machinery C. knowledge D. organisation
108. Which of the following statements best describes the dual vocational training programmes?
A. These programmes consist of an intensive theoretical course of two and a half years at a
vocational school.
B. These programmes require you to have only practical working time at a certain company.
C. These programmes offer you some necessary technical skills to do your future job.
D. These programmes provide you with both theoretical knowledge and practical working
experience.
109. The word "hands-on ” in th ê s ê co nd p a r a g r a p h is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. theoretical B. practical C. technical D. integral
110. How many German school leavers choose this vocational training programme?
A. well over 75% B. around one out of five
C. less than a third D. about 70%
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 061
Do you think education is better now than it was in your grandparents' time? Many older
p ê o p l ê in t h ê U K b ê l iê v ê th ê o p p o s it ê . “ S ch o o l s w ê r ê b ê tt ê r in o u r d a y , ” t h ê y co m p l a in . “ T h ê r ê i s n' t enough discipline these days. Kids don't work as hard as we did, either. The syllabus isn't as
challenging, so clever students aren't being stretched enough. They need to study things in greater
depth. Exams are much, much easier no w a s w ê l l . ”
Were schools better years ago? Some British teenagers travelled back in time to a 1950s
boarding school. They got a big surprise! The first shock came when the teenagers met their new
teachers. Dressed in traditional black gowns, they look so frosty and uncaring! They were really
authoritarian, too, so anyone caught breaking the rules - talking in classes, mucking about in the
playground or playing truant – was in big trouble! Punishments included writing 'lines' or staying
after class to do detention. The naughtiest kids were expelled.
Things were just as bad after class. At meal times the students had to endure a diet of plain, no-
nonsense, healthy food. Homework was obligatory and it took ages! Copying essays off the Internet
wasn't an option, as personal computers didn't exist in the 1950s!
At the end of 'term' everyone sat 1950s-style exams. The old exams were much longer than
their twenty-first century equivalents and involved learning huge amounts of facts by heart. History
papers were all dates and battles. Maths papers were trickier, too; calculators weren't around in
the 1950s, so the students had to memorise multiplication tables and master long division. Our
candidates found this really difficult.
The exam results surprised a lot of people. Students predicted to do well in their real-life,
twenty-first century exams often got low grades in the 1950s exams. Does this prove modern exams
are too easy? Do twenty-first century kids rely too much on modern technology, like calculators
and computers?
The TV series of That'll teach 'em! focused on a 1960s vocational school. UK school-kids
s tu d y a r a ng ê o f a ca d ê m ic s u b j ê cts th ê s ê d a y s . B u t in th ê 1 9 6 0 s , ch il d r ê n j u d g ê d to b ê l ê s s ‘a b l ê '
went to vocational schools. These helped them learn job skills. Boys studied subjects like
metalwork, woodwork or gardening. In some classes, they even learned how to milk goats! The
girls' timetables included secretarial skills. They also learned to cook, clean and sew - probably not
much fun for most girls.
111. What criticism is sometimes made about modern education in the first paragraph?
A. Teachers aren't strict enough. B. The syllabus is out of date.
C. There's too much stress on exams. D. The teaching methods are not good enough.
112. The word "authoritarian ” in th ê s ê co nd p a r a g r a p h is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. inexperienced B. impolite C. unreasonable D. strict
113. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the food the students ate at school?
A. It wasn't cooked properly. B. It wasn't delicious.
C. It wasn't nutritious. D. There wasn't much of it.
114. The word "obligatory ” in th ê th ir d p a r a g r a p h is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. compulsory B. difficult C. long D. complicated
115. According to the passage, how did exams in the 1950s differ from those in the twenty-first
century? A. They covered more subjects. B. It took students less time to do them.
C. There was more to remember. D. They were less difficult.
116. What was surprising about the students' results after taking the 1950s-style exams?
A. All the students found the exams difficult. B. Students didn't do as well as expected.
C. Students who were predicted to fail did rather well.
D. Students did better than twenty-first century exams.
1 1 7 . T h ê w o r d “ these ” in th ê l a s t p a r a g r a p h r ê fê r s to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. school-kids B. subjects C. series D. vocational schools
118. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Vocational schools provided poorer children with equipment.
B. Vocational schools took children who were good at studying.
C. Vocational schools prepared students for employment.
D. Vocational schools were a complete waste of time.
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 062
GAP YEAR
In the professional or career world, a gap year is a year before going to college or university
and after finishing high school or (119)_________ a year off before going into graduate school after
completing a bachelor as an undergraduate. (120)_________ this time, students may engage in
advanced academic courses, extra-academic courses and non-academic courses, such as yearlong
pre-college math courses, language studies, learning a trade, art studies, volunteer work, travel,
internships, sports and more. Gap years are sometimes considered a way for students to become
independent and learn a great deal of (121)_________ prior to engaging in university life.
Australians and New Zealanders have a tradition of travelling overseas independently
(1 2 2 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a y o u n g a g ê . I n Nê w Zê a l a nd , th is is k no w n a s “ d o in g a n O E ” (O v ê r s ê a s E x p ê r iê n cê ) . Sometimes, an OE is (123)_________ to one year, but often Australians and New Zealanders will
remain overseas for three to five years, with many working short-term in service industry jobs to
fund their continuing travels. Europe and Asia are popular destinations for doing an OE. In
Australia, through exchange programmes and benefits for youth, there are so many opportunities
for a young person to broaden their (124)_________ through travel in a gap year.
119. A. calling B. going C. taking D. turning
120. A. During B. When C. While D. By
121. A. responsible B. responsibility C. irresponsible D. irresponsibility
122. A. at B. on C. in D. for
123. A. distributed B. used C. spent D. limited
124. A. head B. mind C. brain D. memory
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
EXAM OR CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT?
How do you feel when you sit an exam? Do you always succeed in getting all your ideas down
on paper, or do you sometimes feel that you're (125)_________ a mess of it? (126)_________ from those
lucky few who sail through exams, most secondary school pupils find them very stressful. Many
teachers are (127)_________ of the problems their students face and use a different method for
measuring their progress: continuous. With continuous assessment, students are given
(128)_________ tasks to do throughout the year. All their marks are added together to produce a total
mark (129)_________ the end of the year. Students have to (130)_________ more responsibility for their
education because they can't rely on doing well on just one day. Also, they have more time to think
over their work, meaning that they are able to do their best.
125. A. doing B. having C. making D. taking
126. A. Apart B. According C. Except D. But
127. A. aware B. intelligent C. recognisable D. knowledgeable
128. A. variety B. various C. vary D. variably
129. A. at B. on C. in D. from
130. A. do B. get C. make D. take
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131 It's only her second time in an international conference about further education.
A. It was the second time she had been in an international conference about further education.
B. She has only been in an international conference about further education once before.
C. She has never been to any international conference about further education before.
D. She has already got used to being in an international conference about further education.
132. I started writing this essay hours ago and it's still not right.
A. I have been writing this essay for hours and it's still not right.
B. It's hours ago since I last wrote this essay correctly.
C. The last time I started writing this essay was hours ago, which is still not right.
D. I didn't stop to write this essay hours ago and it's still not right.
1 3 3 . “ You'd better work harder if you don't want to retake the exam ! ” th ê tê a ch ê r s a id to J im m y .
A. The teacher advised Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 063
B. The teacher ordered Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
C. The teacher reminded Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
D. The teacher warned Jimmy to work harder if he didn't want to retake the exam.
134. Lisa has never studied abroad before.
A. It's the first time Lisa has ever studied abroad.
B. It's the last time since Lisa studied abroad.
C. It was the first time Lisa had ever studied abroad.
D. Never before Lisa has studied abroad.
135. The last time my friend wrote a letter to me was in February.
A. I haven't never received a letter from my friend since February.
B. I last received a letter from my friend in February.
C. It was in February since I first received a letter from my friend.
D. My friend last wrote a letter to me when in February.
Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. Marie prepared her homework carefully. She could answer all the questions and got good marks.
A. Although she prepared her homework carefully, Marie could not answer all the questions
and got good marks.
B. Having prepared her homework carefully, Marie could answer all the questions and got
good marks.
C. If she had prepared her homework carefully, Marie could have answered all the questions
and got good marks.
D. It was because of her careful preparation for the homework, Marie couldn't answer all the
questions and got good marks.
137. We have been trying to learn English for years. We haven't succeeded yet.
A. Although we have been trying to learn English for years, we haven't succeeded yet.
B. After we've been trying to learn English for years, we have succeeded.
C. We haven't succeeded yet since we have been trying to learn English for years.
D. We have been trying to learn English for years, so we haven't succeeded yet.
138. The teacher was giving the lesson. The lights went out.
A. The lights went out as soon as the teacher started giving the lesson.
B. If the teacher had been giving the lesson, the lights wouldn't have gone out.
C. The teacher was giving the lesson, so the lights went out.
D. While the teacher was giving the lesson, the lights went out.
139. Our school started building a new canteen in June. They are still building it now.
A. Our school have started building a new canteen from June till now.
B. Our school have been building a new canteen since June.
C. Our school have built a new canteen now since starting in June.
D. Our school are building the new canteen which started in June.
140. Henry only started learning English last year. However, he can now speak it like a native.
A. If he had started learning English last year, Henry could now speak it like a native.
B. After starting learning English last year, Henry can now speak it like a native.
C. Although he only started learning English last year, Henry can now speak it like a native.
D. Henry, who has only started learning English since last year, can now speak it like a native.
____________THE END____________
UNIT 8. OUR WORLD HERITAGE SITES
I. VOCABULARY:
01. abundant / ә ’b d әnt/ a D ồ i dà o
02. acknowledge /ә k ’n ɔ:lid ʒ/ v C h a ́ p nha ̣ n
03. archaeological /a:ki ә ’l ɔ:d ʒikl/ a Kh ả o c ổ h ọ c
04. authentic / ɔ: ’ θentik/ a Th ậ t , t h ự c
05. breathtaking /’bre θteiki ŋ/ a Đê ̣ p, l o i c u o ́ n
06. bury / ’b ê r i / v C h o n v u ̀ i MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 064
07. cave /keiv/ n Đo ̣ ng
08. citadel / ’sit әd әl/ n Th a ̀ nh t r ì
09. complex /’k ɔmpleks/ n Q u ầ n t h ể
10. comprise /k әm ’prais/ v Ba o g ồ m
11. craftsman / ’k r a : f t s m әn/ n Th ợ thủ c ô ng
12. cruise /kru:z/ n Chuy ế n du b iê ̉ n
13. cuisine /kwi ’z i: n/ n N ấ u nư ớ ng
14. decorate / ’dêk әreit/ v Trang trí
15. demolish / di’m ɔli ʃ/ v Đ ổ s ập
16. distinctive /dis ’ti ŋktiv/ a N ổ i b ậ t
17. dome /d ә ʊm/ n Mái vòm
18. dynasty / ’din әsti/ n Tr iề u đạ i
19. emerge / i’m з:d ʒ/ v Tr ồ i l ê n
20. emperor / ’ê mpi әr әr/ n Đế vư ơ ng
21. endow / in’d ә ʊ/ v Ban t ặng
22. excavation /eksk ә ’v ê i ʃn/ n V iệ c k h a i q u ậ t
23. expand / ik ’spænd/ v Mở r ộ ng
24. fauna / ’f ɔ : nә / n Hê ̣ đo ̣ ng va ̣ t
25. flora / ’f l ɔ : r ә / n Hê ̣ thư ̣ c va ̣ t
26. geological /d ʒi ә ’l ɔd ʒikl/ a Địa c h a ́ t
27. grotto / ’g r ɔt ә ʊ/ n Hang
28. harmonious / h a : ’m ә ʊni әs/ a Ha ̀ i h o ̀ a
29. heritage / ’h ê r i t id ʒ/ n D i sa ̉ n
30. imperial /im ’pi әri әl/ a Ho a ̀ ng to ̣ c
31. in ruins /in ’ru:inz/ ph Ta ̀ n t íc h
32. intact /in ’tækt/ a N g u y ê n v ê ̣ n
33. irresponsible / ir i’s p ɔns әbl/ a V o tr a ́ c h nh iê ̣ m
34. islet /’ail әt/ n Đa ̉ o nho ̉
35. landscape /lændskeip/ n P h o ng c a ̉ nh
36. lantern / ’lænt әn/ n Đê ̀ n l o ̀ ng
37. limestone / ’l a imst ә ʊn/ n Đa ́ vo i
38. magnificent /mæ g ’nif is n t/ a Tu y ê ̣ t đê ̣ p
39. masterpiece /’ma:st әpi:s/ n Kiê ̣ t t a ́ c
40. mausoleum /m ɔs ә ’li: әm/ n La ng ta ̉ m
41. mosaic /m ә ʊ ’z ê iik/ a C h a ̣ m, k h a ̉ m
42. mosque /m ɔsk/ n Đê ̀ thơ ̀
43. outstanding /a ʊt ’st ændi ŋ/ a X u a ́ t sa ́ c
44. picturesque /pikt ʃ ә ’resk/ a Đê ̣ p như tr a nh
45. poetic /p ә ʊ ’ê t ik/ a N ê n t h ơ
46. preservation /prez ә ’v ê i ʃn/ n S ư ̣ b a ̉ o to ̀ n
47. preserve /p r i: ’z з:v/ v Ba ̉ o to ̀ n
48. relic / ’r ê l ik/ n C o ̉ va ̣ t
49. respectively / r i’s p ê k t iv l i/ adv La ̀ n l ư ơ ̣ t
50. royal / ’r ɔi әl/ a Ho a ̀ ng g ia
51. sanctuary /sæ ŋ k ’t j ʊәri/ n Th a ́ nh địa
52. scenic /si:nik/ a Đê ̣ p đê ̃
53. subsequent / ’s bsikw әnt/ a S a u na ̀ y
54. tomb /tu:mb/ n La ng m o ̣
55. worship / ’w з: ʃip/ v To n k ính, thơ ̀ c u ́ ng
II. COMMUNICATIVE EXCHANGES: Thanking MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 065
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Relative Clauses (review)
2. The Reduced Clauses of ING/ED/TO INFINITIVE (review)
IV. PRACTICE EXERCISE:
Unit 8. OUR WORLD HERITAGE SITES
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. scholar B. technique C. archaeology D. achievement
02. A. ancient B. concern C. associate D. special
03. A. itinerary B. abundant C. elegance D. landscape
04. A. tomb B. dome C. mosaic D. poetic
05. A. numerous B. luxury C. perfume D. monument
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. archaeology B. itinerary C. unforgettable D. authenticity
07. A. magnificent B. associate C. mausoleum D. harmonious
08. A. religious B. masterpiece C. prestigious D. abundant
09. A. intact B. nightlife C. relic D. complex
10. A. cultural B. heritage C. memory D. represent
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. I'd like to book a room with a/an________ of the sea.
A. outlook B. sight C. view D. scenery
12. When I'm on holiday, I enjoy________.
A. getting sunburnt B. getting sunstroke C. having a sunbath D. sunbathing
13. The most popular destinations for________ holidays are Spain, Italy, and Greece.
A. charter B. package C. packed D. packet
14. When you are staying at a popular resort, there are plenty of________ to go on.
A. excursions B. expeditions C. pilgrimages D. sightseeing
15. One day when I'm rich and famous, I'm going to go on a round-the-world________.
A. cruise B. sail C. self-catering D. survival
16. You can save money by choosing a________ holiday.
A. do-it-yourself B. self-catering C. self-study D. survival
17. My favourite part of England is Cornwall. There's some absolutely beautiful________ there.
A. nature B. signs C. scenery D. views
18. There's a pretty little fishing village________.
A. by the sea B. on the sand C. on the beach D. by the shore
19. There's a path that________ out of the village to a beautiful 14
th
-century church.
A. follows B. moves C. takes D. leads
20. Costa Rica is one of the most beautiful places I have ever visited. Wherever you go, you can see
the________ of volcanoes, some of which are still alive.
A. tops B. heads C. mouths D. ends
21. The beaches were absolutely________. Sometimes we were the only two people there.
A. unspoilt B. deserted C. natural D. romantic
22. Sri Lanka has some fantastic beaches – miles after miles of golden sand and________ water.
A. crystal clear B. crystal clean C. light blue D. navy blue
23. The travel agent wasn't to________ for the overbooking.
A. accuse B. charge C. blame D. claim
24. When I worked as a waiter, the hotel manager found________ with everything I do.
A. blame B. complaint C. fault D. criticism
25. It can be quite busy here during the tourist________.
A. period B. phase C. stage D. season
26. I always enjoy our school________ to France.
A. excursion B. journey C. trip D. travel MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 066
27. Captain Cook discovered Australia on a________ to the Pacific.
A. voyage B. cruise C. travel D. tour
28. The sunset over Niagara Fall is really a magnificent________.
A. look B. sign C. view D. sight
29. The hotel where we are________ is quite luxurious.
A. staying B. existing C. remaining D. living
30. Passengers requiring a special meal during the flight should inform the airline in________.
A. ahead B. advance C. front D. forward
31. We usually do go by train, even though the car________ is a lot quicker.
A. travel B. trip C. voyage D. journey
32. The area near the palace gates was________ with tourists.
A. full B. crowded C. flooded D. covered
33. From the top of the cathedral tower there are some spectacular________ of the surrounding
countryside. A. sights B. sites C. views D. scenery
34. She didn't enjoy the Mediterranean________ at all; she was seasick most of the time.
A. cruise B. tour C. voyage D. trip
35. Known as 'Ha Long Bay on Land', Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is famous for its
mountains, caves, and archaeological________.
A. excavations B. sites C. relics D. heritages
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s)in each of the following questions.
36. The balance and harmonious blending of various elements contribute to Taj Mahal's unique beauty.
A. successful B. agreeable C. tasteful D. fitting
37. My Son Sanctuary is a large complex of religious relics comprising more than 70 architectural
works such as towers, temples, and tombs.
A. royal B. precious C. holy D. valuable
38. In addition to exploring the caves and grottos, and seeing its flora and fauna, visitors can also
enjoy mountain climbing.
A. flowers and plants B. plants and animals C. plants and vegetation D. flowers and grass
39. Ha Long Bay has attracted millions of visitors who come to enjoy its breathtaking views and
experience other activities.
A. unbreathable B. heartbreaking C. awe-inspiring D. unforgettable
40. They can enjoy the -comfort and elegance of five-star hotels and luxury cruise ships.
A. style B. convenience C. standard D. grace
41. Most of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long was demolished in the early 20th century.
A. rebuilt B. pulled down C. put up D. pulled up
42. Taj Mahal is a giant mausoleum of white marble in Arga, India. It is considered to be an
outstanding work of art. A. noticeable B. attractive C. brilliant D. significant
43. Recognised as a World Heritage Site in 1983, the Taj Mahal Complex, including the tomb,
mosque, guest house, and main gate, has preserved the original qualities of the buildings.
A. initial B. ancient C. unique D. perfect
44. As visitors explore this magnificent place, there are always new surprises for them.
A. interesting B. strange C. impressive D. unusual
45. The mausoleum represents the greatest architectural and artistic achievement of Muslim art.
A. contains B. includes C. claims D. embodies
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. Though built almost five hundred years ago, the church remained practically intact.
A. in perfection B. in ruins C. in chaos D. in completion
47. Tourists can do and see a lot in Ha Long Bay at a reasonable price.
A. inexpensive B. affordable C. cheap D. exorbitant
48. The major stone sections of the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty remain intact thanks to the unique
construction techniques.
A. special B. common C. excellent D. ancient MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 067
49. The Imperial Citadel of Thang Long was first built during the Ly Dynasty and then expanded by
subsequent dynasties.
A. following B. successive C. preceding D. next
50. Visitors with more abundant travel budgets can enjoy the comfort of five-star hotels and luxury
cruise ships. A. huge B. plentiful C. mean D. tight
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. The best way_________ London is by taking a guided tour.
A. of which to see B. to see C. seeing D. in which you see
52. With its thousands of rocks and caves_________ out of the water, Ha Long Bay has won
international recognition. A. emerge B. to emerge C. emerging D. being emerged
53. Hoi An Ancient Town is a well-preserved example of a Southeast Asian trading port_________ from
the 15
th
to the 19
th
century.
A. to date B. dated C. that date D. dating
54. We can also see the stone dragons of Kinh Thien Palace and relics associated with many
Vietnamese royal families, _________ during archaeological excavations.
A. discovered B. being discovered C. to discover D. discovering
55. John F. Kennedy was the last US president_________.
A. to assassinate B. assassinated C. assassinating D. to be assassinated
56. The Complex of Hue Monuments was the first site in Viet Nam_________ to the World Heritage List.
A. adding B. to add C. to be added D. added
57. The archaeological excavation_________ to the discovery of the ancient city lasted several years.
A. led B. leading C. to lead D. being led
58. Though_________ many centuries ago, the palace remains practically intact.
A. building B. to build C. built D. people built
59. I picked up some holiday brochures_________ around the table at the travel agency.
A. to lie B. lying C. to be lying D. being lying
60. Situated on Cam Khe Hill, Tomb of Minh Mang is one of the most interesting royal tombs_________
in Hue. A. to visit B. visited C. visiting D. being visited
61. You may choose one from the five World Heritage Sites in Viet Nam_________ in this leaflet to visit
on your next field trip. A. includes B. including C. included D. to include
62. _________ UNESCO criteria for outstanding universal value to humanity, Trang An Scenic
Landscape Complex was added to the World Heritage List in 2014.
A. Meeting B. Met C. To meet D. Having met
63. The most magnificent feature of Taj Mahal_________ is the central dome.
A. noticed B. being noticed C. to notice D. noticing
64. Scientists_________ on the site found many ancient tools, tombs and pottery, and made some
important archaeological discoveries.
A. worked B. working C. to work D. to be working
65. _________ with an average of 320 days of sunshine a year, the coastline offers the perfect holiday
destination for anyone_________ to switch off and unwind.
A. Blessed/wanting B. Blessing/wanting C. Blessed/wants D. Blessing/wanted
66. Southern Spain's Costa del Sol, _________ from Nerja in the east to Manilva in the west, is one of
the most fascinating tourist areas in the world.
A. stretches B. stretching C. stretched D. being stretched
67. As well as its beautiful sun-soaked beaches and excellent gastronomy, the region boasts no fewer than
thirty golf courses, _________ amateurs and professionals alike with year-round golfing opportunities.
A. provides B. provided C. providing D. is provas
68. The Saga Rose is a good-looking ship. _________ in 1965, she is highly regarded by marine experts
for her elegant lines.
A. Launching B. Was launched C. To launch D. Launched
69. I took up salsa, _________ by dance teacher, Thabo, who made us believe we were good enough to
perform in front of passengers and crew.
A. was inspired B. inspiring C. inspired D. was inspiring MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 068
70. The electromagnetic fields can also cause responses in the brain, _________ observers into
thinking they are seeing even more vivid impressions.
A. tricking B. tricks C. trick D. tricked
71. Henry VIII of England was the only king_________ six times.
A. to marry B. married C. was married D. marrying
72. Travellers are faced with a lot of destinations_________ from.
A. choosing B. choose C. to be choosing D. to choose
73. I think China will be the next country_________ the Olympic Games.
A. who host B. hosting C. to host D. hosted
74. At 24, William Pitt was the youngest person_________ Prime Minister.
A. becoming B. to become C. became D. was become
75. Tourists_________ the train from London to Stratford have to change at Coventry.
A. take B. taking C. to take D. who takes
76. The capital city of Ecuador was the first city in the world_________ a World Heritage Site by UNESCO.
A. to declare B. declared C. declaring D. to be declared
77. Trang An Scenic Landscape Complex is the 8th World Heritage in Viet Nam_________ by UNESCO.
A. to be recognised B. to recognise C. recognising D. recognised
78. The London Tower Bridge, _________ 244 metres long, is a World Heritage Site.
A measures B. measured C. measuring D. is measured
79. Scholars believe that there are still relics_________ under the tomb and awaiting to be excavated.
A. burying B. buried C. are burying D. are buried
80. _________ the email - supposedly from Boyd's Bank - to be genuine, she was tricked into disclosing
her credit card details. A. Believe B. Being believed C. To believe D. Believing
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. Breaking her leg the last time she went, Laura decided not to go on the school trip this year.
A B C D
82. Lived here for seven years, my friend volunteers to act as tour guide for us all on our city
break. A B C D
83. We found a hotel, we looked for somewhere to have dinner.
A B C D
8 4 . ‘ Wait a minute,' said Tom, ran through the door.
A B C D
85. Amy seems like a bright student. She's always the first to be finished her work.
A B C D
86. Annoying by the receptionist's behaviour, they decided not to stay in that hotel.
A B C D
87. We decided not to travel, having been heard the terrible weather forecast.
A B C D
88. Having imported from America, the fruit was expensive.
A B C D
89. Barbara has now written a successful biography though know mainly as a novel writer.
A B C D
90. The book publishing last week is her first novel about a World Heritage Site in Viet Nam.
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges.
9 1 . “ I 'm n o t h o t. I 'm a b s o l u tê l y r o a s ti ng ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. You lucky thing! I'm sure you'll enjoy it. B. Let's go and cool down in the sea.
C. You'll get a lovely suntan. D. Maybe you've got a sun stroke.
9 2 . “ Wh y d o n' t yo u ta k ê y o u r T - s h i r t o ff ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. That sounds like a good idea. B. Yes, let's take it off.
C. No, of course not. It's boiling here. D. Because I don't want to get sunburnt. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 069
93. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ T h a t' s a g o o d id ê a ! T h ê n w ê 'l l s ti l l h a v ê a co u p l ê o f h o u r s l ê ft. ”
A. I'd like to suggest we see the Imperial first. Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.
B. Why don't we see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.
C. What do you think about we see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the
second attraction.
D. How about see the Imperial first? Then we'll have more time for the second attraction.
94. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ I 'd l ikê to s ê ê a cu l tu r a l o nê . ”
A. Would you like to visit a natural or a cultural world heritage site?
B. Which site is worth visiting in Hue? The Citadel or the Royal Tombs?
C. Would you like to go to Tomb of Minh Mang or the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty?
D. Do you prefer seeing the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty or Tomb of Minh Mang
9 5 . “ C a n yo u r ê co m m ê nd a g o o d g u ê s t h o u s ê in th is a r ê a ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I know. I prefer a B&B round the corner. B. Yes, there's a nice B&B round the corner.
C. Wow! It's very kind of you to ask me. D. Let's stop at the first hotel we find.
96. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ Wh y d o n' t w ê th u m b a l if t?”
A Where shall we stay? Can you recommend a good place in town?
B. How can we carry all this luggage by ourselves? It's too heavy for us.
C. Poor us! We've spent a whole day on the road.
D. How are we going to get home? We haven't got enough money for a taxi.
9 7 . “ L a s t yê a r , w ê w ê nt to one of those resorts where everything - food and drink - is f r ê ê . ” –
“ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Wow! I didn't realise you were such snobs!
B. Really? I prefer to go somewhere a bit quieter.
C. It sounds great. I've never been on an all-inclusive holiday.
D. If you want all your meals and drinks included, you can stay on an all-inclusive basis.
9 8 . “ M y b a ck f ê ê l s s o r ê . Do ê s it l o o k a b it r ê d ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, it does. I think you'll get a lovely suntan.
B. Yes, it does. Probably you should go for a swim.
C. Yes, it does. It's important to go for a paddle.
D. Yes, it does. Perhaps you should keep out of the sun for the rest of the day.
99. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ No , no t yê t. I m ig h t ca l l in a t t h ê tr a v ê l a g ê nt 's o n t h ê w a y h o m ê a nd p ick u p a few broc h u r ê s . ” A . H a v ê y o u d ê cid ê d w h ê r ê y o u 'r ê g o in g o n h o l id a y th is y ê a r ?
B. Have you booked the flight tickets for your holiday this year?
C. Have you discussed whether or not to go on holiday this year?
D. All are correct.
1 0 0 . “ I 'm r ê a l l y f ê d u p w it h w o r k a t t h ê m o m ê nt . I nê ê d a b r ê a k . ” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Why shouldn't you take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam?
B. I would advise you to take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or
Amsterdam.
C. Why don't you take next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or Amsterdam?
D. You're highly recommended taking next Friday off and have a long weekend in Paris or
Amsterdam.
1 0 1 . “ A r ê y o u g o in g to Wa l ê s a g a in th is y ê a r ?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
B. Not likely! I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
C. Sure! I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
D. Actually, I'm going somewhere abroad where I can be sure of some sun.
102. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ G l o r io u s ! Wa r m a nd s u nn y ê v ê r y d a y . ”
A. What was the beach like? B. What was the weather like?
C. What was the hotel like? D. What were the people like?
103. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ Wê l l , m o s t o f t h ê cit a d ê l w a s d ê m o l is h ê d in t h ê ê a r l y 2 0 th cê nt u r y . ”
A. Is it still intact or in ruins? B. Has it been pulled down?
C. Is it a significant geological site? D. What has happened to it?
104. – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ L ê t' s g o to t h ê C it a d ê l . ”
A. Is the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty a natural or cultural world heritage site? MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 070
B. Shall we go to the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty or do you want to see another site?
C. When is the best time to visit the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? In spring or summer?
D. Why do you recommend the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty? Is there anything special?
1 0 5 . “ Wh y is T a j M a h a l co ns id ê r ê d to b ê a n o u ts ta nd in g w o r k o f a r t?” – “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Because it was built by order of the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan in memory of his
favourite wife.
B. Because legend has it that Shah Jahan made a promise to build his wife the most beautiful
tomb ever known.
C. As acknowledged by UNESCO, it represents the greatest architectural and artistic
achievement of Muslim art.
D. Because the Taj Mahal Complex, including the tomb, mosque, guest house, and main gate
has preserved the original qualities of the buildings.
Part V. READING
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
TOURISM
Tourism is a big business. Millions of people around Europe spend their winters planning
their destinations for the following summer, and their summers (106)________ to foreign climes for
two weeks in the sun. They are the modern-day descendants of the aristocrats and the wealthy who
w o u l d (1 0 7 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m o nt h s to co m p l ê tê th ê “ G r a nd T o u r ” o f E u r o p ê . B u t u nl ikê th ê ir fo r ê fa th ê r s , tourists these days get a bad press. They're not (108)________ in the local culture, we're (109)________;
they're just after the chance to behave a bit more wildly than they do at home. What's more, they
damage the local environment and don't respect the locals and their (110)________ of life.
But are tourists really to (111)________? Or is it the (112)________ of the tourist industry, which
has (113)________ to provide reasonably-priced alternatives? And if the local resort only offers a
succession of bars for the tourists to visit, can we really (114)________ them for not doing more
cultural activities?
One holiday company, Far and Away, (115)________ that tourists are crying out for more
cultural holidays and believes that it has (116)________ to come up with a range of package holidays
which are affordable, culturally interesting, and environmentally friendly. Their brochure, which is
to be (117)________ later this month, offers 200 holidays based on cultural themes, including history
and architecture, learning the language, meeting the locals.
106. A taking away B. moving away C. taking off D. jetting off
107. A. spend B. make C. take D. pass
108. A. devoted B. eager C. keen D. interested
109. A. told B. informed C. convinced D. said
110. A. way B. manner C. standard D. means
111. A. criticise B. fault C. blame D. accuse
112. A. criticism B. fault C. blame D. accusation
113. A. avoided B. lost C. missed D. failed
114. A. accuse B. charge C. criticise D. arrest
115. A. claims B. mentions C. informs D. persuades
116. A. succeeded B. managed C. achieved D. resulted
117. A. brought up B. brought out C. brought off D. brought around
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
One of the seven wonders of the ancient world, the Great Pyramid of Giza was a monument of
wisdom and prophecy built as a tomb for Pharaoh Cheops in 2720 B.C. Despite its antiquity, certain
aspects of its construction make it one of the truly great wonders of the world. The thirteen-acre
structure near the Nile River is a solid mass of stone blocks covered with limestone. Inside are a
number of hidden passageways and the burial chamber for the Pharaoh. It is the largest single
structure in the world. The four sides of the pyramid are aligned almost exactly on true north, south,
east, and west – an incredible engineering feat. The ancient Egyptians were sun worshipers and great
astronomers, so computations for the Great Pyramid were based on astronomical observations. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 071
Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many
intersecting lines. Further scientific study indicates that these represent a type of timeline of
events – past, present, and future. Many of the events have been interpreted and found to coincide
with known facts of the past. Others are prophesied for future generations and are currently under
investigation. Many believe that pyramids have supernatural powers, and this one is no exception.
Some researchers even associate it with extraterrestrial beings of the ancient past. Was this
superstructure made by ordinary beings, or one built by a race far superior to any known today?
1 1 8 . T h ê w o r d “ intersecting ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. crossing B. aligning C. observing D. cutting
119. What do the intersecting lines in the base symbolise?
A. Architects' plans for the hidden passages. B. Pathways of the great solar bodies.
C. Astrological computations. D. Dates of important events taking place throughout time.
120. The word "prophesied ” in p a r a g r a p h 2 is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
A. affiliated B. precipitated C. terminated D. foretold
121. Extraterrestrial beings are_________.
A. very strong workers B. astronomers in the ancient times
C. researchers in Egyptology D. living beings from other planets
122. What is the best title for the passage?
A. Symbolism of the Great Pyramid B. Problems with the Construction of the Great Pyramid
C. Wonders of the Great Pyramid of Giza D. Exploration of the Burial Chamber of Cheops
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
MY 25,000 WONDERS OF THE WORLD
The coaches at the Uluru Sunset Viewing Area were parked three deep. Guides were putting
up tables and setting out wines and snacks. Ten minutes to go. Are we ready? Five minutes, folks.
Got your cameras? OK, here it comes ...
Whether an American backpacker or a wealthy traveller, Danish, British, French, we all saw
that sunset over Uluru, or Ayer Rock, in what seems to be the prescribed tourist manner: mouth
full of corn chips, glass full of Château Somewhere, and a loved one posing in a photo's foreground,
as the all-time No 1 Australian icon behind us glowed briefly red.
Back on the coach, our guide declared our sunset to be 'pretty good', although not the best
she'd witnessed in her six years. Behind me, Adam, a student from Manchester, reinserted his iPod
earphones: 'Well, that's enough of that rock.' Indeed. Shattered from getting up at five in order to
see Uluru at dawn, I felt empty and bored. What was the point? What made this rock the definitive
sunset rock event? Why had we come here? Well, I suppose my sons would remember it always.
Except they'd missed the magical moment while they checked out a rival tour group's snack table,
which had better crisps.
S o n o w I 'vê v is it ê d f o u r o f t h ê “ 2 5 Wo n d ê r s o f t h ê Wo r l d " , a s d ê cr ê ê d b y Ro u g h G u id ê s . A nd I think this will be the last. While in my heart I can see myself wondering enchanted through China's
Forbidden City, in my head I know I would be standing grumpily at the back of a group listening to
some Imperial Palace Tour Guide. At the Grand Canyon I would be getting angr with tourists
watching it through cameras – eyes are not good enough, since they lack a recording facility.
As we become richer and consumer goods are more widely affordable, and satisfy us only
b r iê fl y b ê fo r ê b ê co m in g o b s o l ê tê , w ê tu r n to t r a v ê l to p r o v id ê u s w it h 'ê x p ê r iê ncê s ’. T h ê s ê w il l endure, set us apart from stay-at-home people and maybe, fill our lives with happiness and
meaning, Books with helpful titles like 1,000 Places to See Before You Die are bestsellers. I'd bet
many backpacks on the Machu Picchu Inca Trail are filled with copies, with little tieks penciled in
the margins after each must-see sight has been visited. Travel is now the biggest industry on the
planet, bigger than armaments or pharmaceuticals. And yet viewing the main sight of any
destination is rarely the highlight of a trip. Mostly it sits there on your itinerary like a duty visit to
a dull relative. The guilt of not visiting the Sistine Chapel, because we preferred to stay in a bar
drinking limoncello, almost spoilt a weekend in Rome.
In Queensland, the Great Barrier Reef reproached us. How could we travel 15,000 miles
without seeing it? How would we explain back home that we were too lazy, and preferred to stay
playing a ball game in our hotel pool? In the end, we went to the reef and it was fine. But it won't MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 072
rank highly in the things I'll never forget about Australia. Like the fact that the banknotes are made
of waterproof plastic: how gloriously Australian is that? Even after a day's surfing, the $50 note you
left in your surfing shorts is still OK to buy you beer! And the news item that during a recent tsunami
warning, the surfers at Bondi Beach refused to leave the sea: what, and miss the ride of their lives?
Or the stern warning at the hand luggage X-ray machine at Alice Springs airport: "No jokes must be
made whilst being processed by this facility' - to forestall, no doubt, disrespectful Aussie comments:
'Y o u w o n 't f in d th ê b o m b , m a tê . I t' s in m y s u it ca s ê . ’
The more I travel, the clearer it seems that the truth of a place is in the tiny details of
everyday life, not in its most glorious statues or scenery. Put down your camera, throw away your
list, the real wonders of the world number indefinitely more than 25.
1 2 3 . Wh a t d o ê s th ê a u th o r m ê a n b y ‘ the prescribed tourist m a nn ê r ’ in p a r a g r a p h 2 ?
A. They are all backpackers. B. They are all wealthy travellers.
C. They are all interested in seeing the wonders of the world.
D. They all eat, drink and do the same things at the sites of the world wonders.
124. What did the author think or feel after seeing the sunset over Ayer Rock?
A. She thought it was pretty good. B. She felt exhausted, empty, and bored.
C. She thought that was enough. D. She thought this rock was the definitive sunset rock event.
125. Why does she think that Uluru is probably the last 'wonder of the world' she will see?
A. She doesn't like wandering around the wonders.
B. She doesn't enjoy the Imperial Palace Tour Guide.
C. She doesn't like watching the wonder through a camera.
D. She doesn't want to explore the sites the way people around her do.
126. What kind of tourists is she criticising when she says 'eyes are not good enough' in paragraph 4?
A. those who stand grumpily at the back of the group
B. those who wander enchanted through the site
C. those who look at the wonders through their cameras
D. those who lack a recording facility
127. According to the author, what do a lot of backpackers carry with them nowadays?
A. books with helpful titles B. books that are bestsellers
C. copies of must-see sights D. little pencils
128. The author compares visiting the main tourist sights to_________.
A. armaments B. Pharmaceuticals C. a trip highlight D. a duty visit to a dull relative
129. What does she mean by `the Great Barrier Reef reproached us' in paragraph 6?
A. The Great Barrier Reef is worth visiting if you are in Australia.
B. It is fine to visit the Great Barrier Reef when you are in Australia.
C. It seems wrong not to visit the Great Barrier Reef once you are in Australia.
D. The Great Barrier Reef is an unforgettable sight in Australia.
130. All of the following are mentioned in the article as memorable aspects of Australia EXCEPT_________.
A. banknotes made of waterproof plastic B. the fine visit to the Great Barrier Reef
C. the surfers at Bondi Beach refusing to leave the sea despite tsunami warning
D. the stern warning at the hand luggage X-ray machine at Alice Springs airport.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. Visitors come to admire the relics that were excavated from the ancient tombs.
A. Visitors come to admire the relics excavating from the ancient tombs.
B. Visitors come to admire the relics excavated from the ancient tombs.
C. Visitors come to admire the relics being excavated from the ancient tombs.
D. Visitors come to admire the relics to be excavated from the ancient tombs.
132. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, which is located in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's
World Heritage List in 2011.
A. Locating in Thanh Hoa Province, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty was added to UNESCO's
World Heritage List in 2011. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 073
B. Located in Thanh Hoa Province, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty was added to UNESCO's
World Heritage List in 2011.
C. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, that is located in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to
UNESCO's World Heritage List in 2011.
D. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty, locating in Thanh Hoa Province, was added to UNESCO's
World Heritage List in 2011.
133. The Complex of Hue Monuments, which lies along the Perfume River in Hue City, is a good example
of a well-designed capital city.
A. The Complex of Hue Monuments, laying along the Perfume River in Hue City, is a good
example of a well-designed capital city.
B. Laying along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good
example of a well-designed capital city.
C. Lying along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good
example of a well-designed capital city.
D. Laid along the Perfume River in Hue City, the Complex of Hue Monuments is a good
example of a well-designed capital city.
134. He has been living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
A. Living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
B. Being lived with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
C. Has lived with his cousin for two months, but he's looking for a place close to his university.
D. Having been living with his cousin for two months, but he's looking to a place close to his university.
135. After we had chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
A. Chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
B. Choosing a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
C. Having chosen a destination for our holiday, we began preparing for the trip.
D. Having prepared for the trip, we chose a destination for our holiday.
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. A picture was stolen by art thieves. It was painted by Munch.
A. Stolen by art thieves, a picture was painted by Munch.
B. Painted by Munch, a picture was stolen by art thieves.
C. A picture painted by Munch was stolen by art thieves. D. All are correct.
137. You can see Velazquez in this painting. He is standing in the background.
A. Standing in the background, you can see Velazquez in this painting.
B. You can see Velazquez, who is standing in the background, in this painting.
C. You can see Velazquez standing in the background in this painting.
D. Both B and C are correct.
138. The sculpture represents the biblical King David. It was carved in the early 1500s.
A. The sculpture carved in the early 1500s represents the biblical King David.
B. The sculpture, carved in the early 1500s, represents the biblical King David.
C. Represented the biblical King David, the sculpture was carved in the early 1500s.
D. Being represented the biblical King David, the sculpture was carved in the early 1500s.
139. Cats is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain. It was written by Andrew Lloyd Webber.
A. Written by Andrew Lloyd Webber, Cats is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain.
B. Cats, written by Andrew Lloyd Webber, is one of the longest-running musicals in Britain.
C. Cats, one of the longest-running musicals in Britain, was written by Andrew Lloyd Webber.
D. All are correct.
140. The Matrix was released in 1999. It stars Keanu Reeves.
A. Releasing in 1999, The Matrix stars Keanu Reeves.
B. Released in 1999, The Matrix stars Keanu Reeves.
C. The Matrix released in 1999 stars Keanu Reeves. D. Both B and C are correct.
__________THE END___________
MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 074
UNIT 9. CITIES OF THE FUTURE
I. VOCABULARY:
01. city dweller / ’si t i ‘ dw ê l әr/ n D a n t h a ̀ nh t h ị
02. detect / di’t ê k t / v P h a ́ t h iê ̣ n
03. infrastructure / ’inf r әstr kt ʃ ә/ n Ha ̣ ta ̀ ng
04. inhabitant / in’hæbit әnt/ n C ư dâ n
05. liveable / ’l iv әbl/ a S o ́ ng đư ơ ̣ c
06. optimistic / ɔ pt i’mis t ik / a La ̣ c q u a n
07. overcrowded /’ ә ʊv әkra ʊdid/ a Đo ng ng h ê ̣ t
08. pessimistic / pê s i’mi s t i k / a La ̣ c q u a n
09. renewable / r i’n j ʊ әbl/ a Ta ́ i c h ê ́ đư ơ ̣ c
10. sustainable /s ә ’st ê in әbl/ a Bê ̀ vư ̃ ng
11. upgrade / p’g r ê id v N a ng c a ́ p
12. urban /’з:b әn/ a Th a ̀ nh t h ị
13. q u a l it y o f l if ê / ’ k w ɔl әti ә v l a if / ( ph ) C h a ́ t l ư ơ ̣ ng so ́ ng
14. u r b a n pl a nn ê r / ’ з:b ә n ‘pl æn ә r / ( ph ) q u i h o a ̣ c h đo thị
II. COMMUNICATIVE EXCHANGES: Giving Comments
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Question-Tags (review)
2. The Conditional Sentences Type 0 (review)
IV. PRACTICE EXERCISE:
Unit 9. CITIES OF THE FUTURE
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. dweller B. overcrowded C. network D. waste
02. A. commercial B. electricity C. advanced D. processing
03. A. inhabitant B. geography C. radiation D. available
04. A. upgrade B. presentation C. description D. consumption
05. A. disposal B. optimistic C. population D. occupy
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. organiser B. comfortable C. technology D. populated
07. A. presentation B. pessimistic C. residential D. innovative
08. A. renewable B. sustainable C. insfrastructure D. environment
09. A. familiar B. generate C. assignment D. pollutant
10. A. overcrowded B. inhabitant C. geography D. convenient
Part II. VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, G, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
11. Local authorities should find ways to limit the use of private cars and encourage city_________ to
use public transport. A. commuters B. planners C. dwellers D. people
12. To get ready for the presentation, we can start preparing the slides while Jeremy will do the_________.
A. speaking B. telling C. talking D. speech
13. Located about 60 km southwest of Seoul, this eco city has been planned around a central park
and designed so that every resident can walk to work in the business_________.
A. district B. area C. location D. organisation
14. The waste_________ system here is also innovative. There are no rubbish trucks or waste bins in
the street. A. dump B. disposal C. landfill D. throwaway
15. London is a/an_________ city. It's a melting pot for people from all parts of the world.
A. international B. national C. metropolitan D. cosmopolitan
16. Cities in poorer countries often lack basic_________. Without it, they are unable to function
properly as cities. A. structure B. construction C. infrastructure D. condition
17. The_________ of living in some places can be very high. Prices in London are particularly exorbitant.
A. value B. price C. worth D . cost MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 075
18. Urban_________ is prevalent in most cities. Everywhere you go there are building sites, pedestrian
precincts, blocks of flats, and housing estates spreading into the countryside.
A. sprawl B. expansion C. widening D. spread
19. This safe, _________ friendly city is like a paradise for its inhabitants who can enjoy the highest
quality of life. A. environment B. environmental C. environmentally D. environmentalist
20. _________ waste is putting city dweller's health at a real risk.
A. Treatment B. Untreated C. Non-treatment D. Non-treated
21. Every month, scientists invent new gadgets and_________ to help us with our daily lives, and
discover ways to make existing technology faster and better.
A. experiments B. effects C. laboratories D. equipment
22. Unlike the country where the day often ends quite early in the evening, the city offers its people
exciting_________. A. activities B. performances C. nightlife D. night clubs
23. The roads are terrible. I'm always getting_________ in traffic.
A. stuck B. lost C. exhausted D. late
24. A pedestrian_________ is a specified place on the road where people can cross.
A. crossroads B. crossing C. junction D. T-junction
25. Everything's a bit more expensive here and property prices are extremely high. A lot of people
have no choice but to live in the_________ and commute in to work.
A. outskirt B. suburbs C. city D. urban
26. It's much safer for cyclists to get around these days with cycle_________ everywhere.
A. lanes B. streets C. roads D. paths
27. The_________ is where you'll find all the large department stores and banks.
A. city heart B. town hall C. city centre D. business district
28. Exhaust_________ from cars are responsible for much of the air pollution in cities.
A. fumes B. smokes C. gases D. smog
29. Many factories still allow_________, such as toxic waste, to flow into our rivers
A. pollution B. litters C. garbage D. pollutants
30. Many commuters struggling to work through the rush-hour_________ ask 'Is it worth it?'
A. congestion B. vehicles C. roads D. accidents
31. It is perhaps, the daily stresses and_________ of the city which make life there a matter of survival
rather than of enjoyment.
A depresses B. strains C. demands D. challenges
32. Most cars nowadays are fitted with a security_________ of some kind.
A. motor B. gadget C. tool D. device
33. The greenhouse_________ takes place when certain gases in the atmosphere trap sun's heat.
A. emission B. gas C. effect D. affect
34. Pollution and heavy traffic are common problems in_________ cities.
A cosmopolitan B. modern C. metropolitan D. overcrowded
35. Millions of people around the world still live in poverty. They are struggling every day simply
to_________. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get round
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
36. Today Islamabad is a thriving city of about 1 million people. It offers a healthy climate, a
pollution-free atmosphere, plenty of water, and many green spaces.
A. healthy B. prosperous C. modern D. green
37. Scientists hope that this new drug will be a major breakthrough in the fight against AIDS.
A. new cure B. important therapy C. sudden remedy D. dramatic development
38. They design and carry out projects aiming to reduce fossil fuel consumption, find renewable
fuels for public transport, and promote other clean air efforts.
A. inexhaustible B. recyclable C. green D. environmentally-friendly
39. The urban planners are working for Eco Infrastructure Network, whose main function is to deal
with urban environmental problems to make Super Star City greener, cleaner, and more sustainable.
A. eye-catching B. developed C. long-lasting D. friendly
40. If we have solar panels on our roofs, we'll be able to generate our own electricity.
A. afford B. produce C. manufacture D. light MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 076
41. I believe the government will use advanced technology to build faster trains and make people's
life more comfortable. A. modern B. expensive C. public D. latest
42. Many city dwellers, especially those in developing countries, still live in poverty.
A. people B. migrants C. immigrants D. residents
43. These projects have proved to be very effective in dealing with global climate change, which
was considered an insoluble problem in the first 30 years of this century.
A. hard B. challenging C. unsolvable D. unbearable
44. There's a real mix of people in Brighton. It has a very cosmopolitan feel to it.
A. busy B. hectic C. multi-cultural D. diversified
45. People who hold optimistic view believe that cities of the future will increase the general well-
being of individuals and societies.
A. health state B. quality of life C. level of development D. growth rate
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
46. If I take the pessimistic viewpoint, Tokyo won't be a safe place to live in.
A. negative B. optimistic C. optical D. neutral
47. To reduce carbon emissions into the atmosphere, ways to limit the use of private cars must be found.
A. public B. personal C. common D. shared
48. People who live in towns and cities live in an urban environment.
A. remote B. deserted C. suburban D. rural
49. There is pollution not only of the physical environment because the various pressure of urban
life causes cities to breed crime.
A. social B. mental C. moral D. manual
50. Governments have to join hands to solve the environmental problems on a global scale.
A. worldwide B. nationwide C. local D. international
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
51. This is the right DVD, _________?
A. isn't this B. is this C. isn't it D. is it
52. I'm not the only one, _________?
A. aren't I B. am I C. am not I D. are not I
53. Let's go out tonight, _________?
A. shall we B. will we C. could we D. would we
54. Don't forget to write to me soon, _________?
A. would you B. could you C. can you D. will you
55. Nothing frightens you, _________?
A. does it B. doesn't it C. do they D. don't they
56. Somebody's just called my name, _________?
A. hasn't he B. didn't he С . h a v ê n' t t h ê y D. have they
57. I suppose you don't like the course, _________?
A. don't I B. do I C. don't you D. do you
58. Everyone's going to be there, _________?
A. isn't he B. is he C. aren't they D. are they
59. We never enjoy our city break, _________?
A. do we B. don't we C. have we D. haven't we
60. There will be more and more megacities in the world,
A. will it B. won't it C. will there D. won't there
61. No one wants to live in a polluted city, _________?
A. do they B. don't they C. does he D. doesn't he
62. I think city dwellers can enjoy an exciting nightlife, _________?
A. don't you think B. don't I C. can't they D. can they
63. There's hardly anything that can be done to reduce pollution, _________?
A. isn't there B. is there C. can it D. can't it
64. You have to wear uniform when going to work, _________? MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 077
A. haven't you B. have you C. do you D. don't you
65. We are supposed to submit the assignment by Friday, _________?
A. don't we B. are we C. aren't we D. do we
66. Put these flowers near the window, _________?
A. will you B. would you C. could you D. all are correct
67. None of the old people likes living in urban areas, _________?
A. do them B. does he C. do they D. don't they
68. Neither of the locations was ideal for a new shopping mall, _________?
A. were they B. was it C. weren't they D. wasn't it
69. I believe nothing serious happened, _________?
A. did it B. didn't it C. do I D. don't I
70. Sophie has got no major problems living in the new city, _________?
A. hasn't she B. has she C. does she D. doesn't she
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
71. Sarah will be very annoyed if Dave_________ her this evening.
A. won't call B. not call C. doesn't call D. will call
72. When you_________ with your computer, can I borrow it?
A. have finished B. will finish C. will have finished D. are finishing
73. If you like peace and quiet, _________ move to the town to live.
A. you won't B. you will C. let's D. don't
74. If you go by air, it_________ you around two hours to get to Ho Chi Minh City from Ha Noi.
A. would take B. takes C. took D. spends
75. _________ he do well in the exam, his parents will buy him an MP3 player.
A. If B. When C. Should D. Were
76. You are expected to fasten the seatbelt_________ you are driving.
A. when B. if C. whenever D. all are correct
77. If you need help, _________ me!
A. will tell B. let's tell C. let tell D. tell
78. If unemployment is rising, people_________ to stay in their current jobs.
A. tend B. will tend C. have tended D. would tend
79. If you see Karen, _________ you ask her to call me?
A. shall B. will C. do D. would
80. If you bully someone, you_________ them to do things against their will.
A. will force B. forced C. force D. would force
Exercise 8. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
81. Won't you be a lot happier if Dad came home this weekend?
A B C D
82 Should Jade gets to interview a famous politician, she will ask lots of difficult questions.
A B C D
83. If her condition should improve, we inform you immediately.
A B C D
84. I don't want a brother or sister, unless it will happens, of course.
A B C D
85. If you meet John, will tell him I want to see him.
A B C D
86. None of your friends really enjoyed themselves at the party, didn't they?
A B C D
87. If you borrow my coat, don't get it dirty, can you?
A B C D
88. You never work more than you have to, do you?
A B C D
89. You made no effort to make friends with Darren, didn't you?
A B C D
90. You sent that letter I gave you, haven't you? MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 078
A B C D
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 9. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges.
91. – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – " I t' s tê n m in u tê s ' w a l k f r o m h ê r ê . ”
A. How long does it take to get to the town centre?
B. Can you show me the way to the town centre?
C. How far is it from here to the town centre? D. How can we get to the town centre?
9 2 . “ Wh a t a b o r in g l ê ctu r ê ! " – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Yes, it was dull, wasn't it? B. I don't agree. It's dull.
C. It's interesting, wasn't it? D. I'm sorry not.
9 3 . “ I b ê l iê v ê p ê o p l ê w il l h a v ê a b ê tt ê r l ifê in th ê f u tu r ê . ”
- “ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L ifê w il l b ê m o r ê ê nj o y a b l ê th a n i t i s to d a y , w o n' t i t?”
A. No, I don't think so. B. Not exactly. C. Yes, I agree. D. You can't be right.
94. – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ T h a t' s r ig h t. L o nd o n w i l l b ê cl ê a nê r a nd m o r ê s u s ta in a b l ê . ”
A. This means there'll be no pollution, will there?
B. This means there'll be no pollution, won't there?
C. This means there won't be no pollution, will there?
D. This means there'll be no pollution, doesn't it?
95 . " Wh a t' s th ê w ê a th ê r f o r ê ca s t?” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Don't forget your raincoat, will you? B. Don't forget your raincoat, do you?
C. It's going to rain. Don't forget your raincoat, will you?
D. It's going to rain. Don't forget your raincoat, do you?
9 6 . “ G l o b a l w a r m in g w i l l co n ti nu ê to b ê a b ig th r ê a t t o l ifê o n ê a r th . ” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. We can't afford to ignore its effects any longer.
B. Then we can't afford to ignore its effects any longer, can we?
C. So don't ignore its effects any longer. D. Please don't ignore its effects any longer.
9 7 . “ O h , I 'm s o r r y ! A m I d is tu r b in g y o u ?” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Sure, you're a real nuisance! B. You're such a pain in the neck!
C. No, never mind. D. No, you're OK.
9 8 . “ I n 2 0 5 0 , L o n d o n w o n' t b ê a g o o d p l a cê to l i v ê in , w il l it ?” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Exactly, it will be. B. On the contrary, it will be.
C. I'm sorry, it will be. D. Unfortunately, it will be.
9 9 . “ I 'm g o in g t o th ê s u p ê r m a r k ê t n o w . Do y o u nê ê d a nyth in g ?” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Get me some cheese and some oil, may you?
B. Get me some cheese and some oil, can't you?
C. Get me some cheese and some oil, could you?
D. Get me some cheese and some oil, couldn't you?
1 0 0 . “ I d o n' t h a v ê a ny pl a ns f o r to ni g h t.” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. Why not going to the cinema with me? B. I suggest to go to the cinema.
C. Let's go to the cinema, shall we? D. What if going to the cinema?
1 0 1 . “ Wh a t i f I q u it m o r ê th a n 3 s ê s s io ns ?” – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. You won't take the final exam. B. You wouldn't take the final exam.
C. You wouldn't be able to take the final exam. D. You can't take the final exam.
102. – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ Y ê s , I l o v ê it h ê r ê . E v ê r y th in g I w a nt is o nl y f ivê m in u tê s a w a y . ”
A. It's convenient to live here, isn't it? B. It's comfortable to live here, isn't it?
C. It's inconvenient to live here, isn't it? D. It's uncomfortable to live here, isn't it?
1 0 3 . “ C it y d w ê l l ê r s a r ê a l w a y s s o b u s y , a r ê n' t t h ê y ?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ”
A. No, they aren't. Everybody's rushing about all the time.
B. Not really. Everybody's rushing about all the time.
C. I'm not sure. Everybody's rushing about all the time.
D. Yes, everybody's rushing about all the time.
104. – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” – “ L o nd o n' s s o b ig . I t t o o k m ê a g ê s to f in d m y w a y r o u nd . ”
A. What about London? B. What was London? C. How was London? D. How about London?
1 0 5 . “ M o s t ci ti ê s a r ê n' t s a fê p l a cê s to l ivê , a r ê th ê y ?" – " _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ” MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 079
A . No , I 'm a fr a id . T h ê r ê a r ê a l w a y s w h a t t h ê y c a l l ‘no -go areas'.
B. Yes, they are. There are alw a y s w h a t t h ê y ca l l ‘no - g o a r ê a s ’.
C . Wê l l , th ê o p p o s it ê is tr u ê . T h ê r ê a r ê a l w a y s w h a t t h ê y ca l l ‘no - g o a r ê a s ’.
D. O n t h ê co nt r a r y . T h ê r ê a r ê a l w a y s w h a t t h ê y ca l l ‘no -go areas'.
Part V. READING
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
MARRAKECH
Where can you go in January for almost guaranteed sunshine – without travelling for most
of the day to get there? The answer is Marrakech in Morocco, a four-hour (106)________ from Britain,
where the average temperature is a pleasant 66°F.
Marrakech is a city of (107)________ beauty, with its pink buildings and green palm trees
contrasting with the snow-covered (108)________ of the Atlas Mountains in the distance. For tourists,
there's the added attraction of excellent food at reasonable prices, and high quality accommodation,
such as Hotel La Momounia, (109)________ as one of the top hotels in the world.
(110)________ Marrakech is one of Morocco's busiest and most modern cities, the influence of
the Middle Ages is still very evident. (111)________ can admire the battlements, towers, and mosques,
which were built (112)________ centuries ago. And forget about shopping malls – for perfumes,
fabrics, a nt iq u ê s , s p icê s a nd cr a fts , (1 1 3 )_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ th ê ‘s o u k s ’, o p ê n -air market places where you'll
almost (114)________ find something to take back home.
For those who want to (115)________ sport Marrakech has plenty to offer. (116)________ to golf
and tennis, there is also skiing on the slopes of the high Atlas Mountains, where the (117)________ of
the surrounding area are quite spectacular. Alternatively, you could just relax by a heated
swimming pool and dream of your next visit.
106. A. travel B. trip C. flight D. voyage
107. A. big B. great C. large D. high
108. A. peaks B. hills C. heads D. surfaces
109. A. thought B. regarded C. believed D. guessed
110. A. Because B. However C. Despite D. Although
111. A. Spectators B. Viewers C. Sightseers D. Onlookers
112. A. several B. plenty C. other D. all
113. A. work out B. put up with C. head for D. make up for
114. A. likely B. certainly C. probably D. possibly
115. A. do B. exercise C. take off D. go in
116. A. As well B. Apart C. In addition D. Moreover
117. A. visions B. views C. aspects D. appearances
Exercise 11. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions. A NEW CAPITAL
When the new state of Pakistan was founded in 1947, Karachi acted as the capital city.
However, it was difficult for Karachi to remain in this role due to a number of drawbacks such as
the climate and the state of the existing buildings. Rather than try to overcome these drawbacks,
the government decided to create a new capital city. In 1959, a commission was established to
investigate the possible locations of this new city. The advisor appointed to the commission was Dr.
Doxiadis, a famous architect and city planner.
Dr. Doxiadis and his colleagues looked at the various locations. They then produced a report
suggesting two possible areas: one just outside Karachi and the other to the north of Rawalpindi.
Both locations had advantages as well as disadvantages. Which site was it to be?
The choice between these two options was made after consideration of many factors, such
as transportation, the availabilities of water, economic factors, and factors of national interest.
Finally, the site north of Rawalpindi was chosen and on the 24th February 1960, the new capital
w a s g ivê n th ê na m ê o f ‘I s l a m a b a d ’ a nd a m a s tê r p l a n w a s d r a w n u p . T h is m a s tê r p l a n d ivi d ê d th ê area into three different sections: Islamabad itself, neighbouring Rawalpindi, and the national park.
Each of these three sections had a different role. Islamabad would act as the national's
capital and would serve its administrative and cultural needs, whereas Rawalpindi would remain MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 080
the regional centre with industry and commerce. The third piece of the plan, the national park, was
planned to provide space for education, recreation, and agriculture.
Today Islamabad is a thriving city of about 1 million people. It offers a healthy a pollution-
free atmosphere, plenty of water, and many green spaces. Guide tree-lined streets, elegant public
buildings, and well-organised bazaars and shopping centres. The new capital is a superb example
of good urban planning.
118. Why was a commission founded in 1959?
A. to overcome the drawbacks of Karachi as a capital city
B. to create a new capital city for Pakistan
C. to look into possibilities of the locations for a new capital city
D. to appoint an advisor for planning the new capital city
119. How many places were suggested for the new capital city in the initial reports?
A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4
120. Which of the following factors was NOT considered when choosing the location for the new
capital city? A. the climate and the state of the existing buildings C. economic issues
B. transportation and the availabilities of water D. issues of pational interest
121. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. Islamabad would serve cultural needs.
B. Rawalpindi would be the regional centre with industry and commerce.
C. The national park would provide space for agriculture.
D. Islamabad would play the most important role of all.
122. What does the passage primarily describe?
A. The history of the two capital cities of Pakistan.
B. The disappearance of the old capital city of Pakistan.
C. The reasons why Islamabad became the new capital city of Pakistan.
D. The choice and development of Islamabad as the modern capital of Pakistan.
Exercise 12. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions. LESSONS FROM CURITIBA
Urban planning deals with the physical, economic, and social development of cities. Today
urban populations are increasing rapidly, and growing cities are putting enormous pressure on the
environment. For this reason, the type of urban planning found in Curitiba, in southern Brazil, is
more important than ever.
Curitiba is a fine example of how urban planning can work. This has not always been the
case, however. At one time, Curitiba faced the same problems as many other cities all over the
world, namely overcrowding, pollution, and an increased demand for services, transport, and
housing. How, then, did Curitiba address these problems?
By the 1940s the population of Curitiba had grown to about 150,000 as immigrants from
countries such as Japan, Syria, and Lebanon came to work in agriculture and industry. These people
needed both housing and transportation. Curitiba's leaders realised that it was not sensible to deal
with these problems separately. Consequently, they employed a French planner and architect,
Alfred Agache, to find an overall solution.
Agache studied all aspects of the problem. He designed a scheme which gave priority to
public services such as sanitation and public transport. At the same time, the scheme included
centres which helped both community life and commerce to develop, and reduced traffic
congestion. This was the first scheme to address several problems of growing cities at the same
time. Unfortunately, some parts of his plan were not completed. The result, as described below, was
that his scheme only served Curitiba for another 20 years.
By the 1960s, the population of Curitiba had grown to about 430,000 inhabitants, so the city
had to rethink its needs. In order to do this, the mayor put together a team of architects and town
planners led by Jaime Lerner. This team produced the Curitiba Master Plan. This consisted of taking
Agache's original plan and adding wide, high-speed roads which crossed the smaller streets. Their
proposals also included plans to minimise urban growth, reduce city centre traffic, and preserve
the city's historic district. It is clear that the Curitiba Master Plan was one of the first attempts to
integrate all aspects of city planning. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 081
This integrated approach to urban design was maintained throughout the 1980s as
Curitiba's population grew to almost one million inhabitants. Environmental facilities were added,
such as a recycling programme for household waste, and parks and 'green' spaces were protected
from development. However, good transportation remained central to the planning.
Good transportation still remains a priority, together with the needs for jobs. A growing
population needs employment, so business parks and centres have been added to encourage new
small businesses. All these changes will continue be the population of Curitiba increases, but its city
planners are continually searching for solutions to the problems.
123. What aspect of development does urban planning NOT deal with?
A. physical development B. technical development
C. economic development. D. social development
124. How many problems are mentioned in the passage as commonly shared by many cities?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
125. What was the main cause of the increase in Curitiba's population Delore the 1940s?
A. immigrants from rural areas B. workers in business park
C. immigrants from neighbouring countries D. immigrants from Japan, Syria, and Lebanon
1 2 6 . I n w h a t w a y s w a s A g a ch ê ’s a p p r o a ch d iff ê r ê nt ?
A. His scheme gave priority to public services.
B. His scheme included centres which helped both community life and commerce to develop.
C. His scheme reduced traffic congestion.
D. His scheme addressed several problems at the same time.
127. What did the Curitiba Master Plan do?
A. added better road system B. reduced urban growth
C. prohibit city-centre traffic D. all of the above
128. What was new about the approach to the planning in the 1980s?
A. It was an integrated approach. B. Environmental facilities were introduced.
C. Good transportation was the key. D. It provided housing for one million inhabitants.
129. The new thing about the current approach to urban planning is_________.
A. new small businesses B. good transport
C. the need for jobs D. the appearance of business parks
130. Which statement best describes the author's opinion of the Curitiba experience of urban planning?
A. It was a complete success. B. The challenges for urban planners in Curitiba were many.
C. Other city planners could benefit greatly from this experience.
D. It was a once-and-done plan.
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 13. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. You use your mobile phone a lot, so you have large phone bills.
A. If you don't use your mobile phone a lot, you don't have large phone bills.
B. If you didn't use your mobile phone a lot, you wouldn't have large phone bills.
C. If you don't use your mobile phone a lot, you won't have large phone bills.
D. If you won't use your mobile phone a lot, you won't have large phone bills.
132. I think you should tell your parents the truth.
A. If I am you, I tell your parents the truth. B. If I am you, I will tell your parents the truth.
C. If I were you, I would tell your parents the truth.
D. If I were you, I will tell your parents the truth.
133. My computer always crashes when a CD is inserted.
A. If I insert a CD, my computer will crash. B. If I insert a CD, my computer crashes.
C. If you want my computer to crash, insert a CD.
D. Unless you want my computer to crash, insert a CD.
134. Water always boils when you heat it long enough.
A. If heated long enough, water boils. B. If water is heated long enough, it boils.
C. If you heat water long enough, it boils. D. All are correct.
135. Plants and flowers can't live without water. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 082
A. If you water plants and flowers, they can't live.
B. If you water plants and flowers, they will live.
C. If you don't water plants and flowers, they can't live.
D. Unless you water plants and flowers, they live.
Exercise 14. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. Researchers are developing low-cost devices. These devices can detect water pollutants in rivers
and lakes. A. Researchers are developing low-cost devices that can detect water pollutants in
rivers and lakes.
B. Researchers are developing low-cost devices to detect water pollutants in rivers and lakes.
C. Researchers are developing low-cost devices so that they can detect water pollutants in
rivers and lakes.
D. Researchers are developing low-cost devices who can detect water pollutants in rivers
and lakes.
137. Urban planners carry out projects to develop a city. They look at the needs of local people and
the environment when they do this.
A. While carrying out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local
people and the environment when they do this.
B. While carrying out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local
people and the environment.
C. If they carry out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local people
and the environment when they do this.
D. As carrying out projects to develop a city, urban planners look at the needs of local people
and the environment.
138. Most Superstar City Dwellers are quite happy with their life and work. Barbara and Mark are
quite happy, too. A. Not only most Superstar City Dwellers are quite happy with their life and
work but also Barbara and Mark are quite happy, too.
B. Most Superstar City Dwellers along with Barbara and Mark are quite happy with their life
and work.
C. Like most Superstar City Dwellers, Barbara and Mark are quite happy with their life and work.
D. Barbara and Mark are like most Superstar City Dwellers because they are quite happy
with their life and work.
139. Wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water. This is done to ensure there is no shortage of fresh
water. A. For there is shortage of fresh water, wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water.
B. Wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water because there is shortage of fresh water.
C. Wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water though there is no shortage of fresh water.
D. To ensure there is no shortage of fresh water, wastewater is treated and turned into drinking water.
140. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading. It's in an extremely poor condition now.
A. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading, for it's in an extremely poor condition now.
B. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading though it's in an extremely poor condition now.
C. While the infrastructure of our city needs upgrading, it's in an extremely poor condition now.
D. The infrastructure of our city needs upgrading when it's in an extremely poor condition now.
___________THE END___________
UNIT 10. HEALTHY LIFESTYLE AND LONGEVITY
I. VOCABULARY:
01. boost /bu:st/ v Đa ̉ y m a ̣ nh
02. dietary / ’da iә t ә r i/ a C h ê ́ đo ̣ a n
03. meditation / mê di’t ê i ʃn/ n Th iê ̀ n định
04. b ê a t t r ib u t ê d to / b i ә ’t ʃ ib j ʊ : t id tә / ( ph ) Qui c h o
05. immu nê sy s t ê m / i ’ mj ʊ : n ‘ s i s t ә m/ ( ph ) Hê ̣ m i ê ̃ n dịc h
06. l if ê ê xp ê c t a ncy / l a i f ik s ’p ê k t ә ns i / ( ph ) Tu o ̉ i tho ̣
07. nutrition /nj ʊ : ’t r i ʃn/ n D inh dư ơ ̃ ng
08. nutritious /nj ʊ : ’t r i ʃ әs/ a Bo ̉ dư ơ ̃ ng
09. stress-free / ’st r ê s-fri:/ a Không âu lo MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 083
10. w o r k o u t /’ w з: k a ʊ t / ( n) Ta ̣ p th ê ̉ l ư ̣ c
11. na t u r a l r ê m ê dy /’ næ t ʃ r ә l ‘rêm ә di / ( ph ) Tr ị l iê ̣ u tư ̣ nh iê n
prescript io n mê dic inê / pr is ’ k r i ʃ n ‘ mê d s n/ ( ph ) Th u o ́ c thê o đơ n
12.
II. COMMUNICATIVE EXCHANGES: Showing Agreements and Disagreements
III. GRAMMAR: 1. The Reported Speech with Infinitives & Gerunds (review)
2. The Reported Speech with Conditionals (review)
IV. PRACTICE EXERCISE:
Unit 10. HEALTHY LIFESTYLE AND LONGEVITY
Part I. PHONETICS
Exercise 1. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the
other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.
01. A. sugar B. consume C. trans-fat D. obesity
02. A. vitamin B. mineral C. diet D. fitness
03. A medicine. B. remedy C. exercise D. obesity
04. A balanced B. yoga C. fatty D. natural
05. A. vegetable B. hygiene C. sugary D. longevity
Exercise 2. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the
position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
06. A. prevent B. injure C. sugar D. fitness
07. A. healthy B. consume C. diet D. headache
08 . А . y оg а B. fatal C. immune D. careful
09. A. infectious B. essential C. precaution D. properly
10. A. unhealthy B. vitamin C. mineral D. natural
Part II, VOCABULARY
Exercise 3. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined
word(s) in each of the following questions.
11. Children often get vaccinated in order to be immune to fatal diseases.
A. susceptible B. vulnerable C. allowed D. resistant
12. This kind of fruit helps to boost the immune system.
A. decrease B. reduce C. increase D. maintain
13. Life expectancy for both men and women has improved greatly in the past twenty years.
A. Living standard B. Longevity C. Life skills D. Lifeline
14. Here are some principles for people to stick to if they want to stay healthy.
A. rules B. principals C. laws D. duties
15. We should consume healthy food and exercise regularly.
A. store B. purchase C. buy D. eat
16. There are several ways to exercise and stay healthy.
A. apply B. exploit C. keep fit D. operate
17. We should take prescription medicine only when other methods fail.
A. decline B. not succeed C. break D. fall
18. If you take this medicine, you will recover quickly.
A. get well B. get on C. get up D. get in
19. The doctor warned his patient not to take too much sugar.
A. shouted B. threatened C. punished D. cautioned
20. In order to stay healthy, make sure you have a balanced intake of vitamins and minerals.
A. take-off B. take-away C. consumption D. digestion
21. Too much fast food consumption can increase the risk of obesity and heart disease.
A. being underweight B. being overweight C. malnutrition D. fitness
22. A popular way to relieve stress in today's busy lifestyles is practising meditation.
A. reduce B. relax C. repeat D. require
23. People can fight infection more easily if they have an adequate diet.
A. injection B. disease C. hygiene D. each other
24. We should drink a lot of water to prevent water loss. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 084
A. boost B. stimulate C. avoid D. trigger
25. In order to avoid sunburn, many people wear protecting clothes when they go out.
A. continue B. encourage C. facilitate D. block
26. Remember to wash your face twice a day with warm water and mild soap to remove dirt.
A. light B. destructive C. strong D. protective
27. Squeezing pimples can lead to swelling, redness, and infection.
A. falling B. declining C. shrinking D. becoming bigger
28. Eating a wide variety of fruit and vegetables provides you with vitamins and nutrients.
A. broad B. narrow C. limited D. certain
29. She gave us some tips for keeping our skin healthy and preventing common skin problems.
A. particular B. normal C. infrequent D. accepted
30. Having healthy skin is especially essential to women to maintain their beauty.
A. trivial B. meaningless C. vital D. contributory
31. If you stare at a computer screen for too long, it may damage your eyesight.
А . p ê ê p B. look C. glance D. gaze
32. The increase in life expectancy can be attributed to health lifestyle, better nutrition, and
advances in medical science and technology.
A. activities B. advisers C. delays D. breakthroughs
33. Mass media have helped to raise people's awareness of lifestyle choices.
A. stabilise B. reduce C. lift D. encourage
34. John Keith has been a fitness instructor for more than ten years.
A. practitioner B. trainer C. learner D. intern
35. Here are some precautions for us to take when doing different types of physical activities.
A. safety measures B. safety levels C. safety rules D. safety factors
36. If you do workout outdoors in the hot and sunny weather, your body can overheat and lose a
lot of fluid. A. liquid B. vitamins C. minerals D. nutrients
37. Losing a lot of fluid can lead to heat stroke.
A. result from B. result in C. originate D. be due to
38. You should drink a glass of water before a workout and then pause regularly to drink more.
A. break up B. break down C. break off D. break in
39. You should also exercise early in the morning when it's not too hot.
A. have a rest B. do housework C. do homework D. work out
40. Make sure you have warmed up your body by stretching or jumping before swimming.
A. exercised B. put on warm clothes C. had a warm bath D. rested
41. If you are swimming and lightning strikes, you risk serious injury or death.
A. trivial B. bad C. important D. minor
42. If yoga is not done properly, it can do more harm than good.
A. socially accepted B. morally accepted C. correctly D. easily
Exercise 4. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.
43. You need to do some warm-up exercise such as stretching before you start your yoga practice.
A. remaining B. declining C. developing D. shrinking
44. Stretching will relax your muscles and prevent any damage to your joints.
A. allow B. avoid C. limit D. protest
45. When you walk, don't look at your feet. This will slow you down and cause back pain.
A. result in B. result from C. lead to D. activate
46. After hundreds of rejections by the employers, I decided that I need to do something about my
obesity. A. denial B. approval C. refusal D. rebuttal
47. I found a website advertising an effective way to lose weight in one month.
A. drop B. waste C. maintain D. gain
48. I have followed a special diet and joined a fitness class for overweight people for over six months.
A. refused B. obeyed C. adhered to D. carried on
49. My family totally supported me during my fight against obesity.
A. aided B. discouraged C. assisted D. promoted
50. I have just received my first job offer after having been unemployed for two years. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 085
A. got B. gained C. rejected D. acquired
Part III. GRAMMAR
Exercise 5. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each
of the following questions.
51. We need some cholesterols to help our skin, brain, and other organs grow, but too much of it
can cause health problems. A B C
D
52. People who eat lots of red meat are at risk of develop heart diseases.
A B C D
53. Your body may not be able to fights infections naturally if your immune system is weakened.
A B C D
54. I told him that if I drank coffee before bedtime, I can't sleep.
A B C D
55. Dr Lam said that we'd boost our immune system if we have a healthy lifestyle.
A B C D
56. Na m ’s wife told him that it would be nice if he spends more time with the children.
A B C D
57. Peter explained to us that if Ann called him back, he'll arrange an appointment for her.
A B C D
58. The travel agent explained to us that if we travelled to a foreign country, we need a valid
passport. A B C D
59. My grandmother keeps to tell us that if we catch a cold, we should try natural remedies before
taking any medicine. A B C D
60. John told me that if he were rich, he'd donate money for charity.
A B C D
61. Mira's father said that she would recover quickly if she follows the doctor's advice.
A B C D
62. Khanh's father promised buying her a pair of Nike shoes if she passed her English test.
A B C D
63. Lan's mother reminded her to turn off the lights before leaving a house.
A B C D
64. The doctor advise him not to exercise too hard because it was not good for his heart.
A B C D
65. Mai invited me spend my summer holidays on her grandparents' farm.
A B C D
66. Jack's father advised him not eating fast food every day.
A B C D
Exercise 6. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions.
67. Hoa reminded Lan________ some groceries on the way home.
A. buying B. to buying C. buy D. to buy
68. My friend suggested________ on a yoga course to lose weight.
A. enrolled B. enroll C. enrolling D. to enroll
69. Tom and Ken admitted________ to submit the assignments the day before.
A. to forget B. to forgetting C. forget D. forgot
70. The mother told her two daughters________ too much fast food.
A. not to eat B. to not eat C. to eat not D. not eat
71. The doctor said to Mr Black that if he ate lots of fatty food, he________ increase his chance of
developing heart disease.
A. will be B. will C. would be D. would
12. My yoga instructor asked me to close my eyes, breathe slowly and deeply, and________ about my
problems. A. not thinking B. to think not C. not to think D. not think
73. The patient admitted________ his doctor's advice.
A. to not follow B. not to following C. to follow not D. to following not MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 086
74. Le's friend suggested________ some games to relax because they had studied for three hours.
A. playing B. play C. to play D. played
75. Nam's mother advised________ some ginger tea if he wants to feel better.
A. to him drink B. to drink him C. him drink D. him to drink
76. Lan said that if I wanted to try natural remedies, I________ find useful information on the Internet.
A. will B. can C. could D. am able to
77. Huong told me that if she________ strong tea, she usually starts feeling dizzy.
A. drank B. drinks C. will drink D. has drunk
78. Lan's doctor advised________ a yoga class to relieve stress.
A. her taking B. her take C. to take her D. her to take
79. Kim's father reminded________ to his fitness class.
A. to him going B. him go C. him to go D. he goes
80. Our fitness instructor warned________ work out more than two hours a day.
A. us not to B. us to not C. us not D. not us to
81. Tom's father told him if he goes to bed on an empty stomach, he________ be able to sleep well.
A. doesn't B. won't C. wouldn't D. hasn't
82. My mother warned me that if I work too much and________ rest, I will weaken my immune system.
A. didn't B. won't C. don't D. wouldn't
83. Ann's doctor told her that if she________ his advice, her health will be much better.
A. followed B. will follow C. follows D. would follow
84. My doctor explained that if children________ enough calcium, they won't grow strong and healthy
bones. A. don't get B. get C. got D. will get
85. Anna said that if she________ a lot of fast food, she could become overweight.
A. consumes B. consumed C. will consume D. would consume
86. Lan's father reminded________ her medicine regularly.
A. to take B. her take C. her to take D. her taking
87. Her yoga instructor insisted________ those relaxation techniques every day to improve her health.
A. her practise B. her to practise C. on her practise D. on her practising
88. My doctor warned me________ out if air pollution levels are very high.
A. not to go B. to not go C. not go D. go not
89. John apologised________ his doctor's instructions.
A. not for following B. for not following C. to follow D. to not follow
90. The swimming instructor told the children________ into the pool.
A. to not jump B. not jump C. not to jump D. not jumping
Part IV. SPEAKING
Exercise 7. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following
exchanges. Two friends Nam and Lan are talking about the topic of healthy lifestyle and longevity.
91. Nam: What do you personally do to keep fit? Lan: ______________
A. I think keeping fit is necessary for everyone.
B. As far as I know, more and more people exercise to keep fit.
C. Fitness centres are mushrooming.
D. I just do morning exercise and maintain a balanced diet.
92. Lan: Do you think it's important for young people to keep fit? Nam: ______________
A. Why do they need to keep fit?
B. It's very important for old-aged people to have a healthy lifestyle.
C. I do think so. As the main labour force of the country, they must be strong.
D. It doesn't cost much to work out in the gym these days.
93. Nam: Do you do any sports ? Lan: ______________
A. More and more people are talking about sports events these days.
B. I used to, but now I don't. I'm too busy. C. There are different types of sports.
D. Sportsmen should be highly paid.
94. Lan: What do people do to keep fit? Nam: ______________
A. Everyone wants to keep fit these days.
B. So many people do harm to their health by smoking or drinking. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 087
C. They combine exercising and having a balanced diet.
D. Not many people can afford to eat healthily.
95. Nam: Do young people you know get enough exercise? Lan: ______________
A. Not really. They are a little bit lazy. B. Getting enough exercise is very important.
C. They tend to eat too much junk food.
D. Fast food is the young people's favourite food.
96. Nam: What could we do to encourage them to exercise more? Lan: ______________
A. Exercising in the morning is really encouraging.
B. What about forming some sports clubs after school hours?
C. Young people tend to exercise less than before.
D. Lack of exercise will weaken your body.
97. Nam: Do you think we are healthier today than people were fifty years ago? Lan: ______________
A. People always want to live long and stay healthy.
B. Life fifty years ago was much harder than nowadays.
C. People in the past had to overcome lots of hardship.
D. Not really. People nowadays live in a more polluted environment.
98. Nam: What are the main health problems young people face? Lan: ______________
A. There are so many health problems these days.
B. Young people tend to eat a lot of convenience food.
C. Diabetes and obesity are the biggest threats to them.
D. It is easy for young people to overcome their health problems.
99. Nam: Do you think all medical care should be free? Lan: ______________
A. I think it should be. People's life must be protected.
B. Medical equipment is very expensive. C. Public schools are also free in many countries.
D. Not all people can get access to free medical care.
100. Nam: What is a healthy diet? Lan: ______________
A. All people need to eat healthily. B. Healthy diets are getting more expensive.
C. Fast food is not healthy food. D. It must be a balanced, nutritious and healthy diet.
101. Lan: In your opinion, do you have a healthy diet? Nam: ______________
A. I prefer to cook my own meals.
B. Sometimes I eat out with my family or my friends.
C. In general, I do. I have a balanced and healthy diet.
D. My friends eat a lot of fast food.
102. Lan: How many hours a day do you spend watching TV? Nam: ______________
A. TV programmes are various. There are so many of them.
B. Not much. Just about thirty minutes after dinner.
C. My mother spends hours watching soap operas. D. Sports channel is my favourite.
103. Lan: Do you ever eat junk food? Nam: ______________
A. Sometimes I have a snack for my breakfast.
B. Junk food is not nutritious enough. C. Junk food is also addictive.
D. We should discourage children from eating junk food.
104. Nam: What exercise do you do? Lan: ______________
A. I go jogging in the morning and aerobics in the afternoon.
B. My teachers ask us to do so many exercises.
C. I hate doing too much homework. D. Exercising is time-consuming.
105. Lan: What could you do to make your lifestyle healthier? Nam: ______________
A. People need a healthy lifestyle. B. I do need to exercise more.
C. I don't care much about my diet. D. I prefer to eat out at the weekends.
Part V. READING
Exercise 8. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word
or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
HEALTHY LIVING
Millions of people today are overweight and out of shape. This is due in part (106)________ their
diet, which is often high in sugars and fats. Another (107)________ is that too many of us spend our MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 088
evenings gluing (108)________ the television, instead of doing something to keep (109)________ fit. Today
hectic lifestyles also prevent us (110)________ spending as much time as we should on staying in shape.
Long hours at school and work don't (111)________ much time for healthy eating.
Convenience food, such as (112)________ meals and canned vegetables, saves time but is often
(113)________. Fast food and takeaways are also (114)________ for many health problems.
In order to enjoy good health, a regular programme of (115)________ is essential. This can be
anything from gentle forms of yoga (116)________ body building. Doing a little exercise every day so as
not to develop (117)________ problems is something that all of us should consider, young and old. If you
don't practise any form of exercise now, it is for you to choose one and start today and get in shape!
106. A. of B. to C. in D. at
107. A. reason B. effect C. result D. consequence
108. A. in B. on C. to D. at
109. A. them B. themselves C. us D. ourselves
110. A. from B. against C. about D. with
111. A. take B. leave C. spend D. waste
112. A. freeze B. freezing C. frozen D. unfrozen
113. A. health care B. healthful C. healthy D. unhealthy
114. A. responsive B. reacted C. responsible D. irresponsible
115. A. exercises B. exercise C. homework D. housework
116. A. to B. but C. and D. with
117. A. healthy B. unhealthy C. health care D. health
Exercise 9. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
to each of the questions.
Super Size Me is a 2004 film by Morgan Spurlock, in which he documents his experiment to
eat only McDonald's fast food three times a day, every day, for thirty days.
Spurlock made himself a short list of rules for the experiment, including an obligation to eat
all of the three meals he ordered. He also had to ‘Su p ê r S iz ê ’, which means accepting a giant portion
every time the option was offered to him. He ended up vomiting after the first Super Size meal he
finished, after taking nearly twenty minutes to consume it.
After five days Spurlock put on almost 5kg, and he soon found himself feeling depressed, with
no energy. The only thing that got rid of his headaches and made him feel better was another
McDonald's meal, so his doctors told him he was addicted. More seriously, around day twenty, he
started experiencing heart palpitations and one of the doctors detected liver problems. However, in
spite of his doctor's advice, Spurlock continued to the end of the month and achieved a total weight gain
of 11kg. His body mass index also increased from a healthy 23.2 to an overweight 27.
It took Spurlock fifteen months to recover from his experiment and return to his original
weight, but the film also had a wider impact. Just after its showing in 2004, McDonald's phased out
the Super Size option and healthier options like salads appeared on the menu. Unfortunately,
McDonald's denied the connection between the film and the changes, but it is interesting to note
how closely they coincided with the release of the film.
118. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. An experiment with McDonald's fast food B. Putting on weight due to eating fast food
C. Connection between fast food and heart diseases D. How fast food trigger liver damage
119. Which of the following is TRUE about Morgan Spurlock?
A. He had to eat Super Size meal once a week.
B. He had to eat Super Size meal twice a day.
C. He had to eat Super Size meal three times a week.
D. He had to consume Super Size for three meals a day.
120. In paragraph 2, the word "giant ” is cl o s ê s t in m ê a ni ng to _________.
A. light B. balanced C. big D. healthy
121. Which of the following could get rid of Spurlock's headaches?
A. salad B. a McDonald's meal C. a pain killer D. nothing
122. According to the passage, all of the following are the results of the experiment EXCEPT_________.
A. Spurlock put on weight B. the experiment affected his heart MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 089
C. the experiment affected his liver D. he became fairly relaxed and energetic
1 2 3 . T h ê w o r d “ its” in paragraph 4 refers to_________.
A. McDonald's B. the experiment C. the film Super Size Me D. the menu
Exercise 10. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct
answer to each of the questions.
In 2002, several obese teenagers in the USA sued McDonald's, claiming that the company
was responsible for making them fat. They argued that McDonald's deliberately misled them into
thinking that their cheeseburgers and other products were healthy and nutritious food. They
claimed that the company had not warned them about the health problems that can result from
eating too much salty, high-fat food and drinking too many sugary drinks: diabetes, high blood
pressure and obesity. The mother of one of the children, who at the age of 15 weighed more than
1 8 0 k il o g r a m s , s a id in h ê r s ta tê m ê nt : ‘I a l w a y s b ê l iê v ê d M cD o na l d 's w a s h ê a l th y f o r m y s o n. '
McDonald's rejected th ê cl a im th a t th ê y w ê r ê r ê s p o ns ib l ê fo r th ê s ê tê ê na g ê r s ’ h ê a l th problems. ‘People don't go to sleep thin and wake up obese,' said McDonald's lawyer, Brad Lerman.
'The understanding of what hamburgers and French fries do has been with us for a long, long time, ’
he added. The judge agreed, and dismissed the case, saying: 'it is not the place of the law to protect
people against their own excesses.' In other words, if people choose to eat a lot of unhealthy food,
they can't blame the company that sold it to them.
Other similar lawsuits against fast food companies in the USA have also failed. In 2005, the
US House of Representatives passed a bill which became known as the 'Cheeseburger Bill'. It made
it much harder for obese people to take legal action against the food industry. However, the bill has
not ended the arguments about responsibility. There is some scientific evidence to suggest that fast
food is addictive, and harmful too. So is selling fast food the same, in a way, as drug-dealing?
124. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. Obesity - who is to blame? B. Is fast food addictive?
C. Is fast food really healthy? D. How to get rid of fast food?
125. According to the obese teenagers in the USA who sued McDonald ’s , w h ic h o f the following
health problems was NOT mentioned?
A. diabetes B. hypertension C. obesity D. heart disease
1 2 6 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h ê w o r d “ rejected ” is cl o s ê s t i n m ê a ni ng to _________.
A. accepted B. denied C. ignored D. agreed
1 2 7 . I n p a r a g r a p h 2 , t h ê w o r d “ it ” r ê fê r s to _________.
A. law B. healthy food C. unhealthy food D. bill
128. What happens if people choose to eat a lot of unhealthy food?
A. The company will be responsible for their health problems.
B. They may get financial support from the company.
C. They will surely succeed in lawsuits.
D. They can't force the company to be responsible for them.
1 2 9 . I n p a r a g r a p h 3 , t h ê w o r d “ failed ” is cl o s ê s t in m ê a ni ng to _________.
A. not famous B. not important C. not successful D. not proud
130. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true about fast food?
A. salty and high-fat B. addictive C. nutritious D. harmful
Part VI. WRITING
Exercise 11. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning to each of
the following questions.
131. ‘I'll buy you a new bicycle if you stop eating junk food,' said Lam's mother.
A. Lam's mother promised to buy him a new bicycle if he stopped eating junk food.
B. Lam's mother promises to buy him a new bicycle if he stops eating junk food.
C. Lam's mother will promise to buy him a new bicycle if he stops eating junk food.
D. Lam's mother had promised to buy him a new bicycle if he stopped eating junk food.
132. 'You will boost your immune system if you exercise regularly,' said Tam.
A. Tam says that we'll boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
B. Tam said that we'd boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
C. Tam said that we'll boost our immune system if we exercised regularly. MATERIALS FOR GRADE 11 STUDENTS – A GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
By Đỗ Bình – THPT Liễn Sơn, Lập Thạch, Vĩnh Phúc - https://violet.vn/quocbinh72 P 090
D. Tam said that we boost our immune system if we exercised regularly.
133. 'Mai will recover quickly if she follows the doctor's advice, said Mai's father.
A. Mai's father said she would recover quickly if she follows the doctor ’s advice.
B. Mai's father said she will recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.
C. Mai's father said she would recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.
D. Mai's father says she would recover quickly if she followed the doctor's advice.
134. 'You should exercise more in order to keep fit,' said Anna.
A. Anna urged us to exercise more to keep fit.
B. Anna demanded us to exercise more to keep fit.
C. Anna forced us to exercise more to keep fit.
D. Anna advised us to exercise more to keep fit.
1 3 5 . ‘ You should eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time,' said my doctor.
A. My doctor advised me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.
B. My doctor advised me not to eat lots of fruit so as to get colds all the time.
C. My doctor forced me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.
D. My doctor demanded me to eat lots of fruit so as not to get colds all the time.
Exercise 12. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair of
sentences in the following questions.
136. I thought I should ask the doctor about going on a diet. I went to the surgery.
A. Having been on a diet, I went to the surgery.
B. I went to the surgery, so I asked the doctor about going on a diet.
C. I asked the doctor about going on a diet, so I went to the surgery.
D. I went to the surgery in order to ask about going on a diet.
137. I had to lose some weight. I went on a strict diet.
A. I had to lose some weight after I went on a strict diet.
B. I went on a strict diet in order to lose some weight.
C. I had to lose some weight before I went on a strict diet.
D. I had to lose some weight even when I went on a strict diet.
138. People want to keep fit. Many people take up sports.
A. Many people take up sports so as to keep fit.
B. Many people want to keep fit so as to take up sports.
C. Many people want to keep fit in order to take up sports.
D. Although people want to keep fit, they take up sports.
139. I want to stay healthy. I try to eat lots of fruit.
A. Although I try to eat lots of fruit, I stay healthy.
B. I stay healthy though I eat lots of fruit.
C. I try to eat lots of fruit in order to stay healthy.
D. I eat lots of fruit, but I stay healthy.
140. I didn't want to catch a cold. I wore a warm coat and a scarf.
A. I wore a warm coat and a scarf though I didn't want to catch a cold.
B. I wore a warm coat and a scarf, so I didn't want to catch a cold.
C. I wore a warm coat and a scarf, but I didn't want to catch a cold.
D. I wore a warm coat and a scarf in order not to catch a cold.
__________THE END__________
Prepared and teach by Đỗ Văn Bình
Contacts: https://violet.vn/quocbinh72
binhbac72@gmail.com
dovanbinh.gvlienson@vinhphuc.edu.vn
www.facebook.com/d.q.binh
www.twitter.com/d.q.binh
www.tagged.com/binhdoquoc
www.binhbac72.wordpress.com
Tel: +84987827866
Đề xuất cho bạn
Tài liệu
33969 lượt tải
16103 lượt tải
9690 lượt tải
8543 lượt tải
7120 lượt tải
154314 lượt xem
115224 lượt xem
103586 lượt xem
81271 lượt xem
79409 lượt xem
